SemaDecl.cpp revision 312eadb832cab4497a069409954500d8192b8f0d
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 21#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 23#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 27#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 28#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 29#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 30#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 31#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 32#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 36#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 37#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 38// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 39#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 40#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 41#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 42#include <algorithm> 43#include <cstring> 44#include <functional> 45using namespace clang; 46using namespace sema; 47 48Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 49 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 50} 51 52/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 53/// return the declaration of that type. 54/// 55/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 56/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 57/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 58/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 59/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 60/// 61/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 62/// and then return NULL. 63ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 64 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 65 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 66 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 67 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 68 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 69 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 70 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 71 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 72 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 73 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 74 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 75 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 76 77 if (!LookupCtx) { 78 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 79 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 80 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 81 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 82 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 83 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 84 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 85 // 86 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 87 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 88 if (!isClassName) 89 return ParsedType(); 90 91 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 92 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 93 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 94 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 95 96 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 97 QualType T = 98 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 99 II, NameLoc); 100 101 return ParsedType::make(T); 102 } 103 104 return ParsedType(); 105 } 106 107 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 108 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 109 return ParsedType(); 110 } 111 112 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 113 // lookup for class-names. 114 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 115 LookupOrdinaryName; 116 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 117 if (LookupCtx) { 118 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 119 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 120 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 121 // nested-name-specifier. 122 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 123 124 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 125 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 126 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 127 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 128 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 129 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 130 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 131 LookupName(Result, S); 132 } 133 } else { 134 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 135 LookupName(Result, S); 136 } 137 138 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 139 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 140 case LookupResult::NotFound: 141 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 142 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 143 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 144 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 145 return ParsedType(); 146 147 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 148 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 149 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 150 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 151 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 152 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 153 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 154 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 155 return ParsedType(); 156 } 157 158 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 159 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 160 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 161 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 162 if (!IIDecl || 163 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 164 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 165 IIDecl = *Res; 166 } 167 } 168 169 if (!IIDecl) { 170 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 171 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 172 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 173 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 174 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 175 // a type name. 176 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 177 return ParsedType(); 178 } 179 180 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 181 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 182 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 183 // perform the name lookup again. 184 break; 185 186 case LookupResult::Found: 187 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 188 break; 189 } 190 191 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 192 193 QualType T; 194 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 196 197 if (T.isNull()) 198 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 199 200 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 201 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 202 // Construct a type with type-source information. 203 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 204 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 205 206 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 207 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 208 ElabTL.setKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 209 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 210 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 211 } else { 212 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 213 } 214 } 215 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 216 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 217 if (!HasTrailingDot) 218 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 219 } 220 221 if (T.isNull()) { 222 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 223 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 224 return ParsedType(); 225 } 226 return ParsedType::make(T); 227} 228 229/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 230/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 231/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 232/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 233/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 234DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 235 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 236 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 237 LookupName(R, S, false); 238 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 239 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 240 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 241 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 242 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 243 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 244 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 245 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 246 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 247 } 248 } 249 250 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 251} 252 253/// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 254/// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 255/// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 256/// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 257/// @code 258/// template<class T> class A { 259/// public: 260/// typedef int TYPE; 261/// }; 262/// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 263/// public: 264/// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 265/// }; 266/// @endcode 267bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS) { 268 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 269 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 270 271 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 272 for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(), 273 BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base) 274 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType())) 275 return true; 276 } 277 return false; 278} 279 280bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 281 SourceLocation IILoc, 282 Scope *S, 283 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 284 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 285 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 286 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 287 288 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 289 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 290 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 291 NotForRedeclaration); 292 293 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 294 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 295 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 296 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 297 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 298 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 300 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 301 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 302 Result->getNameAsString()); 303 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 304 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 305 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 306 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 307 Result->getNameAsString()); 308 else 309 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 310 311 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 312 << Result->getDeclName(); 313 314 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS, 315 false, false, ParsedType(), 316 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 317 return true; 318 } 319 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 320 // We corrected to a keyword. 321 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 322 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 323 << &II << Corrected; 324 return true; 325 } 326 } 327 328 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 329 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 330 UnqualifiedId Name; 331 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 332 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 333 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 334 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 335 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 336 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 337 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 338 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 339 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 340 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 341 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 342 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 343 } 344 return true; 345 } 346 } 347 348 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 349 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 350 351 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 352 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 353 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 354 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 355 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 356 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 357 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 358 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS)) 359 DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing; 360 361 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 362 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 363 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 364 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 365 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 366 } else { 367 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 368 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 369 } 370 371 return true; 372} 373 374/// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 375/// or 376static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 377 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 378 NextToken.is(tok::less); 379 380 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 381 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 382 return true; 383 384 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 385 return true; 386 } 387 388 return false; 389} 390 391Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 392 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 393 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 394 SourceLocation NameLoc, 395 const Token &NextToken) { 396 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 397 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 398 399 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 400 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 401 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false); 402 403 } 404 405 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 406 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 407 408 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 409 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 410 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 411 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 412 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 413 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 414 415 if (E.isInvalid()) 416 return NameClassification::Error(); 417 418 if (E.get()) 419 return E; 420 421 // Synthesize ivars lazily. 422 if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties && 423 getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 424 if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Result, Name, NameLoc)) { 425 if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property = 426 canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(Name)) { 427 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << Name; 428 Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare); 429 } 430 431 // FIXME: This is strange. Shouldn't we just take the ivar returned 432 // from SynthesizeProvisionalIvar and continue with that? 433 E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 434 435 if (E.isInvalid()) 436 return NameClassification::Error(); 437 438 if (E.get()) 439 return E; 440 } 441 } 442 } 443 444 bool SecondTry = false; 445 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 446 447Corrected: 448 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 449 case LookupResult::NotFound: 450 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 451 // call. 452 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 453 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 454 // FIXME: Reference? 455 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 456 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 457 458 // C90 6.3.2.2: 459 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 460 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 461 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 462 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 463 // the function call, the declaration 464 // 465 // extern int identifier (); 466 // 467 // appeared. 468 // 469 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 470 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 471 Result.addDecl(D); 472 Result.resolveKind(); 473 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 474 } 475 } 476 477 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 478 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 479 // "struct", or "union". 480 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry) { 481 Result.clear(LookupTagName); 482 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 483 if (TagDecl *Tag = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 484 const char *TagName = 0; 485 const char *FixItTagName = 0; 486 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 487 case TTK_Class: 488 TagName = "class"; 489 FixItTagName = "class "; 490 break; 491 492 case TTK_Enum: 493 TagName = "enum"; 494 FixItTagName = "enum "; 495 break; 496 497 case TTK_Struct: 498 TagName = "struct"; 499 FixItTagName = "struct "; 500 break; 501 502 case TTK_Union: 503 TagName = "union"; 504 FixItTagName = "union "; 505 break; 506 } 507 508 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 509 << Name << TagName << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus 510 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 511 break; 512 } 513 514 Result.clear(LookupOrdinaryName); 515 } 516 517 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 518 // close to this name. 519 if (!SecondTry) { 520 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result, S, &SS)) { 521 if (SS.isEmpty()) 522 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest) 523 << Name << Corrected 524 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 525 else 526 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_no_member_suggest) 527 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << Corrected 528 << SS.getRange() 529 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, Corrected.getAsString()); 530 531 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 532 Name = Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 533 534 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 535 if (Result.empty()) 536 return Corrected.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 537 538 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = *Result.begin(); 539 Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 540 << FirstDecl->getDeclName(); 541 542 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 543 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 544 // reference the ivar. 545 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 546 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 547 Result.clear(); 548 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 549 return move(E); 550 } 551 552 goto Corrected; 553 } 554 } 555 556 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 557 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 558 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 559 560 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 561 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 562 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 563 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 564 565 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 566 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 567 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 568 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 569 // qualified by the keyword typename. 570 // 571 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 572 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 573 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 574 // keyword here. 575 return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, /*TemplateArgs=*/0); 576 577 case LookupResult::Found: 578 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 579 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 580 break; 581 582 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 583 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { 584 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 585 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 586 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 587 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 588 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 589 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 590 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 591 // ambiguous. 592 // 593 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 594 // so try again after filtering out template names. 595 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 596 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 597 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 598 break; 599 } 600 } 601 602 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 603 return NameClassification::Error(); 604 } 605 606 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 607 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 608 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 609 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 610 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 611 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 612 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 613 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 614 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 615 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 616 617 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 618 TemplateName Template; 619 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 620 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 621 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 622 Result.end()); 623 } else { 624 TemplateDecl *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(Result.getFoundDecl()); 625 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 626 627 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 628 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 629 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 630 TD); 631 else 632 Template = TemplateName(TD); 633 } 634 635 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 636 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 637 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 638 // to based on which function we selected. 639 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 640 641 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 642 } 643 644 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 645 } 646 647 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = *Result.begin(); 648 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 649 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 650 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 651 return ParsedType::make(T); 652 } 653 654 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 655 if (!Class) { 656 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 657 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias 658 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 659 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 660 } 661 662 if (Class) { 663 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 664 665 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 666 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 667 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 668 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 669 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 670 } 671 672 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 673 return ParsedType::make(T); 674 } 675 676 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 677 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 678} 679 680// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 681// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 682// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 683DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 684 685 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 686 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 687 // the context we'll need to return to. 688 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 689 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 690 691 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 692 // lexical context. 693 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 694 return DC; 695 696 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 697 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 698 // class is the context we need to return to. 699 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 700 DC = RD; 701 702 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 703 // declared in. 704 return DC; 705 } 706 707 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 708 // of the class. 709 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 710 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 711 712 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 713} 714 715void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 716 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 717 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 718 CurContext = DC; 719 S->setEntity(DC); 720} 721 722void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 723 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 724 725 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 726 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 727} 728 729/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 730/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 731/// 732void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 733 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 734 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 735 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 736 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 737 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 738 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 739 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 740 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 741 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 742 // namespace. 743 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 744 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 745 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 746 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 747 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 748 749 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 750 751#ifndef NDEBUG 752 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 753 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 754 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 755#endif 756 757 CurContext = DC; 758 S->setEntity(DC); 759} 760 761void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 762 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 763 764 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 765 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 766 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 767 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 768 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 769 770 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 771 // disappear. 772} 773 774/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 775/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 776/// 777/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 778/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 779/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 780/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 781/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 782/// attribute. 783static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 784 ASTContext &Context) { 785 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 786 return true; 787 788 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 789 return true; 790 791 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 792 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 793} 794 795/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 796void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 797 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 798 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 799 // scope. 800 while (S->getEntity() && 801 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 802 S = S->getParent(); 803 804 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 805 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 806 // into any context. 807 if (AddToContext) 808 CurContext->addDecl(D); 809 810 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 811 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 812 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 813 D->isOutOfLine()) 814 return; 815 816 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 817 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 818 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 819 return; 820 821 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 822 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 823 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 824 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 825 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 826 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 827 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 828 829 // Should only need to replace one decl. 830 break; 831 } 832 } 833 834 S->AddDecl(D); 835 836 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 837 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 838 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 839 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 840 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 841 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 842 if (IDC == CurContext) { 843 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 844 continue; 845 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 846 break; 847 } 848 849 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 850 } else { 851 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 852 } 853} 854 855bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 856 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 857 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S, 858 ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 859} 860 861Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 862 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 863 do { 864 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 865 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 866 return S; 867 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 868 869 return 0; 870} 871 872static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 873 DeclContext*, 874 ASTContext&); 875 876/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 877/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 878static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 879 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 880 bool ConsiderLinkage, 881 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) { 882 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 883 while (F.hasNext()) { 884 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 885 886 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization)) 887 continue; 888 889 if (ConsiderLinkage && 890 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 891 continue; 892 893 F.erase(); 894 } 895 896 F.done(); 897} 898 899static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 900 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 901 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 902 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 903} 904 905/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 906static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 907 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 908 while (F.hasNext()) 909 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 910 F.erase(); 911 912 F.done(); 913} 914 915/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 916/// @code 917/// class S { 918/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 919/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 920/// }; 921/// @endcode 922static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 923 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 924 // the decl here. 925 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 926 return false; 927 928 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 929 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 930 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 931 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 932 return false; 933} 934 935bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 936 assert(D); 937 938 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 939 return false; 940 941 // Ignore class templates. 942 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 943 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 944 return false; 945 946 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 947 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 948 return false; 949 950 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 951 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 952 return false; 953 } else { 954 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 955 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 956 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 957 return false; 958 } 959 960 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 961 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 962 return false; 963 964 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 965 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 966 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 967 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 968 return false; 969 970 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 971 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 972 return false; 973 974 } else { 975 return false; 976 } 977 978 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 979 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 980 return false; 981 982 return true; 983} 984 985void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 986 if (!D) 987 return; 988 989 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 990 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 991 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 992 return; // First should already be in the vector. 993 } 994 995 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 996 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 997 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 998 return; // First should already be in the vector. 999 } 1000 1001 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1002 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1003 } 1004 1005static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1006 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1007 return false; 1008 1009 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1010 return false; 1011 1012 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1013 return true; 1014 1015 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1016 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1017 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1018 return false; 1019 1020 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1021 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 1022 1023 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1024 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1025 1026 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1027 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 1028 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1029 return false; 1030 } 1031 1032 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1033 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1034 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1035 return false; 1036 1037 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1038 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1039 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1040 return false; 1041 1042 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1043 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 1044 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 1045 // has no side effects. 1046 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 1047 return false; 1048 } 1049 } 1050 1051 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1052 } 1053 1054 return true; 1055} 1056 1057/// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1058/// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1059void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1060 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1061 return; 1062 1063 unsigned DiagID; 1064 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1065 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1066 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1067 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1068 else 1069 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1070 1071 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName(); 1072} 1073 1074static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1075 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1076 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1077 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1078 if (L->getStmt() == 0) 1079 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1080} 1081 1082void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1083 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1084 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1085 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1086 1087 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 1088 I != E; ++I) { 1089 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 1090 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1091 1092 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1093 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1094 1095 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1096 1097 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1098 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 1099 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1100 1101 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1102 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1103 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1104 1105 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1106 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1107 } 1108} 1109 1110/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1111/// 1112/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1113/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1114/// to the fixed name. 1115/// 1116/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1117/// 1118/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1119/// if there is no class with the given name. 1120/// 1121/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1122/// class could not be found. 1123ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1124 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1125 bool TypoCorrection) { 1126 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1127 // creation from this context. 1128 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1129 1130 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 1131 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1132 // find an Objective-C class name. 1133 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1134 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 1135 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 1136 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 1137 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 1138 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 1139 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 1140 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 1141 1142 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1143 } 1144 } 1145 1146 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1147} 1148 1149/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1150/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1151/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1152/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1153/// ill-formed in C++: 1154/// @code 1155/// struct S6 { 1156/// enum { BAR } e; 1157/// }; 1158/// 1159/// void test_S6() { 1160/// struct S6 a; 1161/// a.e = BAR; 1162/// } 1163/// @endcode 1164/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1165/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1166/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1167/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1168/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1169/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1170/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1171/// contain non-field names. 1172Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1173 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1174 (S->getEntity() && 1175 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 1176 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 1177 S = S->getParent(); 1178 return S; 1179} 1180 1181/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1182/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1183/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1184/// built-in. 1185NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1186 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1187 SourceLocation Loc) { 1188 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1189 1190 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1191 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1192 switch (Error) { 1193 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1194 // Okay 1195 break; 1196 1197 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1198 if (ForRedeclaration) 1199 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 1200 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1201 return 0; 1202 1203 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1204 if (ForRedeclaration) 1205 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 1206 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1207 return 0; 1208 } 1209 1210 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1211 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1212 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1213 << R; 1214 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1215 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 1216 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 1217 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 1218 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1219 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1220 } 1221 1222 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1223 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 1224 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 1225 SC_Extern, 1226 SC_None, false, 1227 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1228 New->setImplicit(); 1229 1230 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1231 // FunctionDecl. 1232 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1233 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1234 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 1235 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 1236 SourceLocation(), 0, 1237 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 1238 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 1239 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1240 } 1241 1242 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1243 1244 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1245 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1246 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1247 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1248 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1249 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1250 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1251 CurContext = SavedContext; 1252 return New; 1253} 1254 1255/// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1256/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1257/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1258/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1259/// 1260void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1261 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1262 // merging checks. 1263 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1264 1265 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1266 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1267 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 1268 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1269 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1270 default: break; 1271 case 2: 1272 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1273 break; 1274 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1275 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1276 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1277 return; 1278 case 5: 1279 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1280 break; 1281 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1282 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1283 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1284 return; 1285 case 3: 1286 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1287 break; 1288 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1289 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1290 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1291 return; 1292 case 8: 1293 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 1294 break; 1295 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1296 return; 1297 } 1298 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1299 } 1300 1301 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1302 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1303 if (!Old) { 1304 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1305 << New->getDeclName(); 1306 1307 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1308 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1309 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1310 1311 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1312 } 1313 1314 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1315 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1316 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1317 1318 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 1319 QualType OldType; 1320 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1321 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1322 else 1323 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1324 1325 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1326 // with any extensions enabled. 1327 1328 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 1329 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 1330 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 1331 int Kind = 0; 1332 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old)) 1333 Kind = 1; 1334 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1335 << Kind << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 1336 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1337 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1338 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1339 } 1340 1341 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 1342 // declaration was a typedef. 1343 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 1344 // spellings don't match exactly. 1345 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1346 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef); 1347 1348 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1349 return; 1350 1351 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1352 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1353 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1354 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1355 // to the type to which it already refers. 1356 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1357 return; 1358 1359 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1360 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1361 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1362 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1363 // 1364 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1365 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1366 // 1367 // struct S { 1368 // typedef struct A { } A; 1369 // }; 1370 // 1371 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1372 // allow the above but disallow 1373 // 1374 // struct S { 1375 // typedef int I; 1376 // typedef int I; 1377 // }; 1378 // 1379 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1380 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1381 return; 1382 1383 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1384 << New->getDeclName(); 1385 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1386 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1387 } 1388 1389 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1390 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1391 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1392 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1393 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1394 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1395 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1396 return; 1397 1398 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1399 << New->getDeclName(); 1400 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1401 return; 1402} 1403 1404/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1405/// attribute. 1406static bool 1407DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1408 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1409 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1410 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1411 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1412 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1413 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1414 return true; 1415 } 1416 1417 return false; 1418} 1419 1420/// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1421static void mergeDeclAttributes(Decl *newDecl, const Decl *oldDecl, 1422 ASTContext &C) { 1423 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1424 return; 1425 1426 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1427 1428 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1429 // we process them. 1430 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1431 1432 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr> 1433 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(), 1434 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1435 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1436 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1437 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1438 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1439 foundAny = true; 1440 } 1441 } 1442 1443 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1444} 1445 1446/// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 1447/// to the new one. 1448static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 1449 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 1450 ASTContext &C) { 1451 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 1452 return; 1453 1454 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 1455 1456 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 1457 // done before we process them. 1458 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1459 1460 for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr> 1461 i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(), 1462 e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) { 1463 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) { 1464 InheritableAttr *newAttr = cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(C)); 1465 newAttr->setInherited(true); 1466 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 1467 foundAny = true; 1468 } 1469 } 1470 1471 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 1472} 1473 1474namespace { 1475 1476/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1477/// C. 1478struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1479 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1480 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1481 QualType PromotedType; 1482}; 1483 1484} 1485 1486/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1487Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1488 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1489 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1490 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1491 1492 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1493 } 1494 1495 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1496 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1497 1498 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1499 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1500 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1501} 1502 1503/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1504/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1505/// GNU89 mode. 1506static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1507 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1508 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1509 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1510 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1511} 1512 1513/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1514/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1515/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1516/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1517/// 1518/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1519/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1520/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1521/// merged with. 1522/// 1523/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1524bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1525 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1526 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1527 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1528 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1529 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1530 else 1531 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1532 if (!Old) { 1533 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1534 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1535 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1536 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1537 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1538 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1539 return true; 1540 } 1541 1542 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1543 << New->getDeclName(); 1544 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1545 return true; 1546 } 1547 1548 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1549 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1550 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1551 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1552 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1553 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1554 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1555 else 1556 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1557 1558 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1559 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1560 1561 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1562 // is an extern inline function. 1563 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1564 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1565 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1566 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1567 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 1568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New; 1569 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1570 } else { 1571 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 1572 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1573 return true; 1574 } 1575 } 1576 1577 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1578 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1579 // calling convention of the first. 1580 // 1581 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1582 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1583 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1584 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1585 // because it is the default calling convention. 1586 // 1587 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1588 // other tests to run. 1589 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1590 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1591 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1592 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1593 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1594 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1595 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1596 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1597 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1598 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1599 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1600 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1601 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1602 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1603 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1604 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1605 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1606 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1607 return true; 1608 } 1609 1610 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1611 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1612 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1613 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1614 } 1615 1616 // Merge regparm attribute. 1617 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 1618 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1619 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 1620 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1621 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1622 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1623 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1624 return true; 1625 } 1626 1627 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1628 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1629 } 1630 1631 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1632 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1633 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1634 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1635 } 1636 1637 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1638 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1639 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1640 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1641 // cannot be overloaded. 1642 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1643 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1644 QualType ResQT; 1645 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1646 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1647 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1648 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1649 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1650 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 1651 Diag(New->getLocation(), 1652 diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New; 1653 else 1654 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1655 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1656 return true; 1657 } 1658 else 1659 NewQType = ResQT; 1660 } 1661 1662 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1663 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1664 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1665 // Preserve triviality. 1666 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1667 1668 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1669 1670 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1671 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1672 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1673 // is a static member function declaration. 1674 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1675 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1676 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1677 return true; 1678 } 1679 1680 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1681 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1682 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1683 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1684 unsigned NewDiag; 1685 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1686 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1687 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1688 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1689 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1690 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1691 else 1692 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1693 1694 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1695 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1696 1697 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1698 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1699 // 1700 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1701 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1702 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1703 if (isFriend) { 1704 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1705 } else { 1706 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1707 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1708 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1709 return true; 1710 } 1711 } 1712 } 1713 1714 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1715 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1716 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1717 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1718 1719 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1720 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1721 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1722 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1723 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1724 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1725 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1726 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1727 } 1728 1729 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1730 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1731 1732 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1733 } 1734 1735 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1736 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1737 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1738 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1739 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1740 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1741 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1742 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1743 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1744 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1745 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1746 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1747 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1748 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1749 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1750 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1751 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1752 New->setType(NewQType); 1753 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1754 1755 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1756 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1757 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1758 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1759 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1760 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1761 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1762 SourceLocation(), 1763 SourceLocation(), 0, 1764 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1765 SC_None, SC_None, 1766 0); 1767 Param->setImplicit(); 1768 Params.push_back(Param); 1769 } 1770 1771 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1772 } 1773 1774 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1775 } 1776 1777 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1778 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1779 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1780 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1781 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1782 // the prototype. 1783 // 1784 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1785 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1786 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1787 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1788 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1789 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1790 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1791 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1792 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1793 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1794 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1795 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1796 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1797 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1798 1799 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1800 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1801 NewProto->getResultType()); 1802 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1803 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1804 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1805 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1806 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1807 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1808 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1809 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1810 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1811 NewParm->getType(), 1812 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1813 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1814 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1815 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1816 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1817 } else 1818 LooseCompatible = false; 1819 } 1820 1821 if (LooseCompatible) { 1822 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1823 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1824 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1825 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1826 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1827 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1828 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1829 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1830 } 1831 1832 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1833 ArgTypes.size(), 1834 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1835 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1836 } 1837 1838 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1839 } 1840 1841 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1842 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1843 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1844 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1845 // signature. 1846 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1847 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1848 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1849 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1850 // library built-in. 1851 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1852 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1853 << Old << Old->getType(); 1854 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1855 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1856 return false; 1857 } 1858 1859 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1860 } 1861 1862 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1863 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1864 return true; 1865} 1866 1867/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1868/// known to be compatible. 1869/// 1870/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1871/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1872/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1873/// redeclaration of Old. 1874/// 1875/// \returns false 1876bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1877 // Merge the attributes 1878 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1879 1880 // Merge the storage class. 1881 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1882 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1883 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1884 1885 // Merge "pure" flag. 1886 if (Old->isPure()) 1887 New->setPure(); 1888 1889 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1890 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1891 New->setDeleted(); 1892 1893 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 1894 // declarations. 1895 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 1896 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 1897 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 1898 Context); 1899 1900 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1901 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1902 1903 return false; 1904} 1905 1906void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 1907 const ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 1908 // Merge the attributes. 1909 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, Context); 1910 1911 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 1912 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 1913 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 1914 ni != ne; ++ni, ++oi) 1915 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, Context); 1916} 1917 1918/// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 1919/// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 1920/// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1921/// 1922/// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 1923/// to here in AddInitializerToDecl and AddCXXDirectInitializerToDecl. We can't 1924/// check them before the initializer is attached. 1925/// 1926void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old) { 1927 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1928 return; 1929 1930 QualType MergedT; 1931 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1932 AutoType *AT = New->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 1933 if (AT && !AT->isDeduced()) { 1934 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 1935 return; 1936 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 1937 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 1938 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 1939 } 1940 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1941 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1942 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1943 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1944 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1945 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1946 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1947 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1948 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1949 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1950 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1951 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1952 MergedT = New->getType(); 1953 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1954 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1955 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1956 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1957 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1958 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1959 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1960 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1961 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1962 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1963 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 1964 Old->getType()); 1965 } 1966 } else { 1967 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1968 } 1969 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1970 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1971 << New->getDeclName(); 1972 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1973 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1974 } 1975 New->setType(MergedT); 1976} 1977 1978/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1979/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1980/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1981/// 1982/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1983/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1984/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1985/// 1986void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1987 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1988 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1989 return; 1990 1991 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1992 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1993 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1994 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1995 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1996 << New->getDeclName(); 1997 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1998 diag::note_previous_definition); 1999 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2000 } 2001 2002 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2003 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 2004 // 2005 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 2006 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 2007 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 2008 << New->getIdentifier(); 2009 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2010 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2011 } 2012 2013 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 2014 2015 // Merge the types. 2016 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old); 2017 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 2018 return; 2019 2020 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 2021 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2022 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 2023 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2024 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2025 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2026 } 2027 // C99 6.2.2p4: 2028 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 2029 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 2030 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 2031 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 2032 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 2033 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 2034 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 2035 // identifier has external linkage. 2036 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 2037 /* Okay */; 2038 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 2039 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 2040 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 2041 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2042 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2043 } 2044 2045 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 2046 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2047 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2048 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2049 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2050 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2051 } 2052 if (Old->hasExternalStorage() && 2053 !New->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 2054 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 2055 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2056 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2057 } 2058 2059 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 2060 2061 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 2062 // need to check for mismatches. 2063 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 2064 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 2065 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2066 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 2067 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 2068 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2069 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2070 } 2071 2072 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2073 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2074 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2075 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 2076 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 2077 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2078 } 2079 2080 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 2081 const VarDecl *Def; 2082 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2083 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 2084 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 2085 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2086 << New->getDeclName(); 2087 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2088 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2089 return; 2090 } 2091 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 2092 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 2093 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 2094 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 2095 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 2096 // specified at the prior declaration. 2097 // FIXME. revisit this code. 2098 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 2099 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 2100 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 2101 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 2102 2103 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 2104 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 2105 2106 // Inherit access appropriately. 2107 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 2108} 2109 2110/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 2111/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 2112Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 2113 DeclSpec &DS) { 2114 Decl *TagD = 0; 2115 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 2116 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 2117 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 2118 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 2119 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 2120 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 2121 2122 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 2123 return 0; 2124 2125 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 2126 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 2127 // it's a Type. 2128 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 2129 } 2130 2131 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2132 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 2133 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 2134 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 2135 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 2136 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 2137 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2138 } 2139 2140 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 2141 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 2142 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 2143 if (TagD && !Tag) 2144 return 0; 2145 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 2146 } 2147 2148 // Track whether we warned about the fact that there aren't any 2149 // declarators. 2150 bool emittedWarning = false; 2151 2152 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 2153 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 2154 2155 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 2156 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2157 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 2158 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 2159 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 2160 2161 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2162 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2163 emittedWarning = true; 2164 } 2165 } 2166 2167 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 2168 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2169 CurContext->isRecord() && 2170 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 2171 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 2172 // struct STRUCT; 2173 // and 2174 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 2175 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 2176 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 2177 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 2178 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 2179 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 2180 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2181 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 2182 } 2183 } 2184 2185 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 2186 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2187 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 2188 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 2189 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) { 2190 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2191 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2192 emittedWarning = true; 2193 } 2194 2195 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 2196 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error) return TagD; 2197 2198 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 2199 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 2200 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 2201 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2202 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 2203 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 2204 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2205 return Tag; 2206 } 2207 2208 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 2209 << DS.getSourceRange(); 2210 emittedWarning = true; 2211 } 2212 2213 // We're going to complain about a bunch of spurious specifiers; 2214 // only do this if we're declaring a tag, because otherwise we 2215 // should be getting diag::ext_no_declarators. 2216 if (emittedWarning || (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 2217 return TagD; 2218 2219 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 2220 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 2221 // useless. 2222 if (DeclSpec::SCS scs = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) 2223 if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 2224 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) 2225 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(scs); 2226 2227 if (DS.isThreadSpecified()) 2228 Diag(DS.getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "__thread"; 2229 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 2230 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 2231 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "const"; 2232 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 2233 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "volatile"; 2234 // Restrict is covered above. 2235 } 2236 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 2237 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "inline"; 2238 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 2239 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) << "virtual"; 2240 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 2241 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), diag::warn_standalone_specifier) <<"explicit"; 2242 2243 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 2244 2245 return TagD; 2246} 2247 2248/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 2249/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 2250StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 2251 StmtResult R; 2252 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 2253 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2254 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 2255 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 2256 do 2257 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2258 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 2259 } 2260 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 2261 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 2262 } 2263 } 2264 return R; 2265} 2266 2267/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 2268/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 2269/// 2270/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 2271static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 2272 Scope *S, 2273 DeclContext *Owner, 2274 DeclarationName Name, 2275 SourceLocation NameLoc, 2276 unsigned diagnostic) { 2277 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 2278 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2279 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 2280 2281 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2282 return false; 2283 2284 // Pick a representative declaration. 2285 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2286 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 2287 2288 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 2289 return false; 2290 2291 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 2292 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2293 2294 return true; 2295} 2296 2297/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 2298/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 2299/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 2300/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 2301/// struct, e.g., 2302/// 2303/// @code 2304/// union { 2305/// int i; 2306/// float f; 2307/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 2308/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 2309/// @endcode 2310/// 2311/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 2312/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 2313static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 2314 DeclContext *Owner, 2315 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 2316 AccessSpecifier AS, 2317 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 2318 bool MSAnonStruct) { 2319 unsigned diagKind 2320 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 2321 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 2322 2323 bool Invalid = false; 2324 2325 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 2326 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 2327 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 2328 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2329 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 2330 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 2331 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 2332 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 2333 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 2334 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2335 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 2336 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 2337 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 2338 Invalid = true; 2339 } else { 2340 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2341 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 2342 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 2343 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 2344 // anonymous union is declared. 2345 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 2346 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 2347 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 2348 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 2349 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 2350 else 2351 Chaining.push_back(VD); 2352 2353 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 2354 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 2355 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 2356 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 2357 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 2358 2359 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 2360 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 2361 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 2362 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 2363 2364 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2365 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 2366 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 2367 2368 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 2369 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 2370 2371 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 2372 } 2373 } 2374 } 2375 2376 return Invalid; 2377} 2378 2379/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2380/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2381/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2382static StorageClass 2383StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2384 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2385 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2386 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2387 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2388 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 2389 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 2390 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2391 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2392 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2393 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2394 } 2395 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2396} 2397 2398/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 2399/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 2400/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 2401static StorageClass 2402StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 2403 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 2404 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 2405 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 2406 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 2407 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 2408 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 2409 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 2410 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 2411 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 2412 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 2413 } 2414 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 2415} 2416 2417/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 2418/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 2419/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 2420/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 2421Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2422 AccessSpecifier AS, 2423 RecordDecl *Record) { 2424 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 2425 2426 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 2427 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2428 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 2429 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 2430 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 2431 2432 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 2433 // structs/unions. 2434 bool Invalid = false; 2435 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2436 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 2437 unsigned DiagID; 2438 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2439 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 2440 // global namespace shall be declared static. 2441 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 2442 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 2443 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 2444 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 2445 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 2446 Invalid = true; 2447 2448 // Recover by adding 'static'. 2449 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 2450 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2451 } 2452 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2453 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 2454 // anonymous union in a class scope. 2455 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 2456 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2457 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2458 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 2459 Invalid = true; 2460 2461 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 2462 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 2463 PrevSpec, DiagID, getLangOptions()); 2464 } 2465 2466 // C++ [class.union]p2: 2467 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 2468 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 2469 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 2470 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 2471 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 2472 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 2473 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 2474 // C++ [class.union]p3: 2475 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 2476 // members (clause 11). 2477 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 2478 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 2479 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 2480 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 2481 Invalid = true; 2482 } 2483 2484 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 2485 Invalid = true; 2486 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 2487 // Any implicit members are fine. 2488 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 2489 // This is a type that showed up in an 2490 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 2491 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 2492 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 2493 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 2494 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 2495 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 2496 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2497 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 2498 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2499 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2500 else { 2501 // This is a nested type declaration. 2502 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2503 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2504 Invalid = true; 2505 } 2506 } 2507 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 2508 // Any access specifier is fine. 2509 } else { 2510 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 2511 // member. Complain about it. 2512 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 2513 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 2514 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 2515 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 2516 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 2517 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 2518 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 2519 2520 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 2521 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 2522 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 2523 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 2524 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2525 else { 2526 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 2527 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 2528 Invalid = true; 2529 } 2530 } 2531 } 2532 } 2533 2534 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 2535 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 2536 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 2537 Invalid = true; 2538 } 2539 2540 // Mock up a declarator. 2541 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2542 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2543 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 2544 2545 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2546 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2547 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2548 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 2549 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2550 Record->getLocation(), 2551 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2552 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2553 TInfo, 2554 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2555 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2556 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2557 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2558 } else { 2559 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2560 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2561 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2562 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2563 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2564 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2565 // an error here 2566 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2567 Invalid = true; 2568 SC = SC_None; 2569 } 2570 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2571 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2572 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2573 2574 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 2575 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2576 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2577 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2578 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2579 } 2580 Anon->setImplicit(); 2581 2582 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2583 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2584 // its members. 2585 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2586 2587 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2588 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2589 // purposes. 2590 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2591 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2592 2593 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2594 Chain, false)) 2595 Invalid = true; 2596 2597 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2598 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2599 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2600 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2601 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2602 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2603 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2604 2605 if (Invalid) 2606 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2607 2608 return Anon; 2609} 2610 2611/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2612/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2613/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2614/// Example: 2615/// 2616/// struct A { int a; }; 2617/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2618/// 2619/// void foo() { 2620/// B var; 2621/// var.a = 3; 2622/// } 2623/// 2624Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2625 RecordDecl *Record) { 2626 2627 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2628 if (!Record) 2629 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2630 2631 // Mock up a declarator. 2632 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2633 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2634 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2635 2636 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2637 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2638 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2639 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2640 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2641 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2642 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2643 TInfo, 2644 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2645 Anon->setImplicit(); 2646 2647 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2648 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2649 2650 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2651 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2652 // purposes. 2653 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2654 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2655 2656 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2657 Record->getDefinition(), 2658 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2659 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2660 2661 return Anon; 2662} 2663 2664/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2665/// given Declarator. 2666DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2667 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2668} 2669 2670/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2671DeclarationNameInfo 2672Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2673 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2674 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2675 2676 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2677 2678 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2679 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2680 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2681 return NameInfo; 2682 2683 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2684 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2685 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2686 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2687 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2688 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2689 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2690 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2691 return NameInfo; 2692 2693 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2694 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2695 Name.Identifier)); 2696 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2697 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2698 return NameInfo; 2699 2700 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2701 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2702 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2703 if (Ty.isNull()) 2704 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2705 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2706 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2707 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2708 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2709 return NameInfo; 2710 } 2711 2712 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2713 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2714 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2715 if (Ty.isNull()) 2716 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2717 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2718 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2719 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2720 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2721 return NameInfo; 2722 } 2723 2724 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2725 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2726 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2727 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2728 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2729 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2730 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2731 2732 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2733 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2734 2735 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2736 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2737 // was qualified. 2738 2739 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2740 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2741 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2742 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2743 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2744 return NameInfo; 2745 } 2746 2747 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2748 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2749 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2750 if (Ty.isNull()) 2751 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2752 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2753 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2754 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2755 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2756 return NameInfo; 2757 } 2758 2759 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2760 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2761 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2762 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2763 } 2764 2765 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2766 2767 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2768 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2769} 2770 2771/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2772/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2773/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2774/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2775/// the class or namespace. 2776static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2777 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2778 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2779 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2780 return false; 2781 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2782 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2783 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2784 2785 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2786 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2787 return false; 2788 } 2789 2790 return true; 2791} 2792 2793/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2794/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2795/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2796/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2797/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2798static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2799 DeclarationName Name) { 2800 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2801 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2802 // - types which will become injected class names 2803 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2804 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2805 // few cases here. 2806 2807 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2808 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2809 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2810 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2811 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2812 // Grab the type from the parser. 2813 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2814 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2815 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2816 2817 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2818 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2819 // attached already. 2820 if (!TSI) 2821 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2822 2823 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2824 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2825 if (!TSI) return true; 2826 2827 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2828 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2829 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2830 break; 2831 } 2832 2833 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2834 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2835 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2836 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2837 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2838 break; 2839 } 2840 2841 default: 2842 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2843 break; 2844 } 2845 2846 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2847 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2848 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2849 2850 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2851 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2852 // pointer. 2853 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2854 continue; 2855 2856 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2857 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2858 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2859 return true; 2860 } 2861 2862 return false; 2863} 2864 2865Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2866 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2867} 2868 2869/// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 2870/// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2871/// name different from T: 2872/// - every static data member of class T; 2873/// - every member function of class T 2874/// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2875/// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 2876bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 2877 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 2878 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2879 2880 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2881 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2882 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 2883 return true; 2884 } 2885 2886 return false; 2887} 2888 2889Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2890 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2891 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2892 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2893 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2894 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2895 2896 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2897 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2898 if (!Name) { 2899 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2900 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2901 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2902 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2903 return 0; 2904 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2905 return 0; 2906 2907 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2908 // we find one that is. 2909 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2910 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2911 S = S->getParent(); 2912 2913 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2914 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2915 D.setInvalidType(); 2916 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2917 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2918 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2919 return 0; 2920 2921 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2922 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2923 if (!DC) { 2924 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2925 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2926 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2927 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2928 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2929 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2930 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2931 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2932 return 0; 2933 } 2934 2935 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2936 2937 if (!IsDependentContext && 2938 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2939 return 0; 2940 2941 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2942 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2943 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2944 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2945 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2946 D.setInvalidType(); 2947 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2948 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2949 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2950 // definition: 2951 // 2952 // class X { 2953 // void X::f(); 2954 // }; 2955 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2956 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2957 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2958 else 2959 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2960 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2961 2962 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2963 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2964 } 2965 } 2966 2967 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2968 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2969 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2970 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2971 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2972 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2973 D.setInvalidType(); 2974 } 2975 } 2976 2977 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 2978 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2979 // Just return early; it's safer. 2980 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2981 return 0; 2982 2983 NamedDecl *New; 2984 2985 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2986 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2987 2988 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2989 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2990 D.setInvalidType(); 2991 2992 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2993 ForRedeclaration); 2994 2995 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2996 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2997 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2998 2999 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 3000 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 3001 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 3002 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3003 /* Do nothing*/; 3004 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3005 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3006 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3007 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3008 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 3009 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3010 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 3011 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 3012 IsLinkageLookup = true; 3013 3014 if (IsLinkageLookup) 3015 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 3016 3017 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 3018 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 3019 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 3020 3021 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 3022 // out-of-line members. 3023 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 3024 3025 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 3026 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 3027 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 3028 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 3029 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 3030 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 3031 // declarations namespace. 3032 // 3033 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 3034 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 3035 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 3036 // 3037 // class X { 3038 // void f(); 3039 // void f(float); 3040 // }; 3041 // 3042 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 3043 // 3044 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 3045 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 3046 // matches. 3047 3048 // First check whether we named the global scope. 3049 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 3050 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 3051 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3052 } else { 3053 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 3054 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 3055 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 3056 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 3057 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 3058 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 3059 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 3060 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3061 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 3062 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 3063 else 3064 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 3065 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 3066 D.setInvalidType(); 3067 } 3068 } 3069 } 3070 3071 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3072 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 3073 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 3074 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 3075 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3076 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 3077 D.setInvalidType(); 3078 3079 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 3080 Previous.clear(); 3081 } 3082 3083 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 3084 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 3085 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 3086 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 3087 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 3088 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3089 Previous.clear(); 3090 3091 bool Redeclaration = false; 3092 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3093 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 3094 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 3095 return 0; 3096 } 3097 3098 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 3099 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 3100 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3101 move(TemplateParamLists), 3102 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 3103 } else { 3104 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 3105 move(TemplateParamLists), 3106 Redeclaration); 3107 } 3108 3109 if (New == 0) 3110 return 0; 3111 3112 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 3113 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 3114 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 3115 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 3116 3117 return New; 3118} 3119 3120/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 3121/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 3122/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 3123static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 3124 ASTContext &Context, 3125 bool &SizeIsNegative, 3126 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 3127 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 3128 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 3129 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 3130 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 3131 SizeIsNegative = false; 3132 Oversized = 0; 3133 3134 if (T->isDependentType()) 3135 return QualType(); 3136 3137 QualifierCollector Qs; 3138 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 3139 3140 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 3141 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 3142 QualType FixedType = 3143 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3144 Oversized); 3145 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3146 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 3147 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3148 } 3149 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 3150 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 3151 QualType FixedType = 3152 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3153 Oversized); 3154 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 3155 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 3156 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 3157 } 3158 3159 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 3160 if (!VLATy) 3161 return QualType(); 3162 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 3163 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 3164 return QualType(); 3165 3166 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 3167 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 3168 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 3169 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 3170 return QualType(); 3171 3172 // Check whether the array size is negative. 3173 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 3174 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 3175 SizeIsNegative = true; 3176 return QualType(); 3177 } 3178 3179 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 3180 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 3181 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 3182 Res); 3183 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 3184 Oversized = Res; 3185 return QualType(); 3186 } 3187 3188 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 3189 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 3190} 3191 3192/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 3193/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 3194void 3195Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 3196 const LookupResult &Previous, 3197 Scope *S) { 3198 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3199 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 3200 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 3201 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 3202 3203 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 3204 return; 3205 3206 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3207 3208 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 3209 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 3210 // declaration. 3211 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 3212 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 3213 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 3214 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 3215 S = S->getParent(); 3216 3217 if (S) 3218 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 3219 } 3220} 3221 3222/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 3223/// does not identify a function. 3224void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 3225 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 3226 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 3227 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 3228 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3229 diag::err_inline_non_function); 3230 3231 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 3232 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3233 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3234 3235 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 3236 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3237 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 3238} 3239 3240NamedDecl* 3241Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3242 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3243 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3244 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3245 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3246 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 3247 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3248 D.setInvalidType(); 3249 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 3250 DC = CurContext; 3251 Previous.clear(); 3252 } 3253 3254 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3255 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3256 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3257 } 3258 3259 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3260 3261 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3262 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3263 3264 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 3265 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 3266 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 3267 return 0; 3268 } 3269 3270 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 3271 if (!NewTD) return 0; 3272 3273 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3274 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 3275 3276 return ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3277} 3278 3279/// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 3280/// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 3281/// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 3282NamedDecl* 3283Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 3284 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 3285 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 3286 // then it shall have block scope. 3287 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 3288 // that redeclarations will match. 3289 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 3290 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3291 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3292 3293 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3294 bool SizeIsNegative; 3295 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3296 QualType FixedTy = 3297 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3298 Oversized); 3299 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 3300 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3301 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 3302 } else { 3303 if (SizeIsNegative) 3304 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 3305 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 3306 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 3307 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 3308 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10); 3309 else 3310 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3311 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 3312 } 3313 } 3314 } 3315 3316 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 3317 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 3318 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false, 3319 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 3320 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3321 Redeclaration = true; 3322 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 3323 } 3324 3325 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 3326 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 3327 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 3328 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 3329 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 3330 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 3331 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 3332 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3333 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 3334 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 3335 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 3336 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 3337 } 3338 3339 return NewTD; 3340} 3341 3342/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 3343/// previous declaration. 3344/// 3345/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 3346/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 3347/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 3348/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 3349/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 3350/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 3351/// 3352/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 3353/// lookup 3354/// 3355/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 3356/// declared. 3357/// 3358/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 3359/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 3360static bool 3361isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 3362 ASTContext &Context) { 3363 if (!PrevDecl) 3364 return false; 3365 3366 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 3367 return false; 3368 3369 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3370 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 3371 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 3372 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 3373 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 3374 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 3375 // linkage of the previous declaration. 3376 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 3377 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3378 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 3379 return false; 3380 3381 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 3382 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 3383 // We found a member function: ignore it. 3384 return false; 3385 3386 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 3387 // previous declarations. 3388 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3389 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 3390 3391 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 3392 // isn't the same function. 3393 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 3394 return false; 3395 } 3396 3397 return true; 3398} 3399 3400static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 3401 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 3402 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 3403 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 3404} 3405 3406NamedDecl* 3407Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 3408 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3409 LookupResult &Previous, 3410 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3411 bool &Redeclaration) { 3412 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 3413 3414 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 3415 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3416 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 3417 3418 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 3419 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3420 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3421 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3422 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3423 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3424 // an error here 3425 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3426 D.setInvalidType(); 3427 SC = SC_None; 3428 } 3429 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3430 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3431 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3432 3433 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 3434 if (!II) { 3435 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 3436 << Name.getAsString(); 3437 return 0; 3438 } 3439 3440 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 3441 3442 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 3443 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 3444 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 3445 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 3446 3447 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 3448 // is a GNU extension. 3449 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 3450 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 3451 else 3452 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 3453 D.setInvalidType(); 3454 } 3455 } 3456 3457 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3458 VarDecl *NewVD; 3459 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3460 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3461 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3462 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3463 3464 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3465 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3466 } else { 3467 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3468 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 3469 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3470 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3471 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3472 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3473 } else if (SC == SC_None) 3474 SC = SC_Static; 3475 } 3476 if (SC == SC_Static) { 3477 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 3478 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 3479 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3480 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 3481 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 3482 3483 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 3484 // the program is ill-formed. 3485 // 3486 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 3487 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 3488 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3489 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 3490 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 3491 } 3492 } 3493 3494 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3495 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3496 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3497 bool Invalid = false; 3498 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3499 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3500 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3501 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3502 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3503 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3504 /*never a friend*/ false, 3505 isExplicitSpecialization, 3506 Invalid)) { 3507 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3508 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 3509 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 3510 << II 3511 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3512 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3513 return 0; 3514 } else { 3515 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 3516 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 3517 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3518 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 3519 << II 3520 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 3521 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 3522 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 3523 } 3524 } 3525 3526 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3527 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 3528 R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 3529 3530 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 3531 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 3532 if (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto && 3533 R->getContainedAutoType()) 3534 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 3535 3536 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 3537 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3538 3539 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 3540 3541 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3542 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3543 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3544 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3545 } 3546 } 3547 3548 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 3549 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 3550 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 3551 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 3552 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 3553 else 3554 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 3555 } 3556 3557 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 3558 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3559 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3560 3561 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 3562 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 3563 3564 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3565 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 3566 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3567 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3568 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3569 if (S->getFnParent() != 0) { 3570 switch (SC) { 3571 case SC_None: 3572 case SC_Auto: 3573 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 3574 break; 3575 case SC_Register: 3576 if (!Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3577 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3578 break; 3579 case SC_Static: 3580 case SC_Extern: 3581 case SC_PrivateExtern: 3582 break; 3583 } 3584 } 3585 3586 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3587 Context, Label)); 3588 } 3589 3590 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3591 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3592 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3593 3594 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3595 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3596 // declaration has linkage). 3597 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage(), 3598 isExplicitSpecialization); 3599 3600 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3601 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3602 else { 3603 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3604 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3605 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3606 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3607 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3608 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3609 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3610 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3611 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3612 Previous.clear(); 3613 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3614 } 3615 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3616 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3617 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3618 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3619 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3620 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3621 } 3622 3623 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3624 3625 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3626 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3627 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3628 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3629 } 3630 3631 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3632 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3633 // here. 3634 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3635 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3636 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3637 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3638 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3639 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3640 } 3641 } 3642 3643 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3644 // such variables. 3645 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3646 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3647 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3648 3649 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3650 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3651 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3652 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3653 3654 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3655 3656 return NewVD; 3657} 3658 3659/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3660/// -Wshadow. 3661/// 3662/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3663/// scope. 3664/// 3665/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3666/// \param R the lookup of the name 3667/// 3668void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3669 // Return if warning is ignored. 3670 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3671 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3672 return; 3673 3674 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 3675 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 3676 if (NewDC->isFileContext()) 3677 return; 3678 3679 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3680 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3681 return; 3682 3683 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3684 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3685 return; 3686 3687 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 3688 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3689 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 3690 if (MD->isStatic()) 3691 return; 3692 3693 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3694 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 3695 // Don't warn for this case: 3696 // 3697 // @code 3698 // extern int bob; 3699 // void f() { 3700 // extern int bob; 3701 // } 3702 // @endcode 3703 if (D->isExternC()) 3704 return; 3705 3706 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 3707 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 3708 for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator 3709 I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end(); 3710 I != E; ++I) 3711 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 3712 ShadowedDecl = *I; 3713 break; 3714 } 3715 } 3716 3717 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3718 3719 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3720 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3721 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3722 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3723 return; 3724 3725 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3726 // static data members from base classes? 3727 3728 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3729 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3730 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3731 } 3732 3733 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3734 unsigned Kind; 3735 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3736 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3737 Kind = 3; // field 3738 else 3739 Kind = 2; // static data member 3740 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3741 Kind = 1; // global 3742 else 3743 Kind = 0; // local 3744 3745 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3746 3747 // Emit warning and note. 3748 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3749 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3750} 3751 3752/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3753void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3754 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3755 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3756 return; 3757 3758 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3759 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3760 LookupName(R, S); 3761 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3762} 3763 3764/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3765/// declaration. 3766/// 3767/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3768/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3769/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3770/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3771/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3772/// 3773/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3774void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3775 LookupResult &Previous, 3776 bool &Redeclaration) { 3777 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3778 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3779 return; 3780 3781 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3782 3783 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3784 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3785 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3786 } 3787 3788 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3789 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3790 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3791 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3792 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3793 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3794 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3795 } 3796 3797 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3798 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3799 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3800 3801 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3802 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3803 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3804 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3805 3806 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3807 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3808 bool SizeIsNegative; 3809 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3810 QualType FixedTy = 3811 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3812 Oversized); 3813 3814 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3815 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3816 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3817 // int a[10][n]; 3818 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3819 3820 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3821 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3822 << SizeRange; 3823 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3824 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3825 << SizeRange; 3826 else 3827 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3828 << SizeRange; 3829 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3830 } 3831 3832 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3833 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3834 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3835 else 3836 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3837 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3838 } 3839 3840 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3841 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3842 } 3843 3844 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3845 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3846 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3847 // declaration with the same name. 3848 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3849 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3850 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3851 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3852 } 3853 3854 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3855 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3856 << T; 3857 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3858 } 3859 3860 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3861 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3862 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3863 } 3864 3865 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3866 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3867 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3868 } 3869 3870 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3871 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3872 QualType Pointee; 3873 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3874 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3875 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3876 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3877 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3878 PtrOrRef = 1; 3879 } 3880 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3881 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3882 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3883 << PtrOrRef; 3884 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3885 } 3886 3887 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3888 Redeclaration = true; 3889 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3890 } 3891} 3892 3893/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3894struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3895 Sema *S; 3896 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3897}; 3898 3899/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3900/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3901/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3902static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3903 CXXBasePath &Path, 3904 void *UserData) { 3905 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3906 3907 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3908 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3909 3910 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3911 3912 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3913 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3914 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3915 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3916 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3917 3918 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3919 } 3920 3921 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3922 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3923 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3924 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3925 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3926 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3927 return true; 3928 } 3929 } 3930 3931 return false; 3932} 3933 3934/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3935/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3936bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3937 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3938 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3939 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3940 Data.Method = MD; 3941 Data.S = this; 3942 bool AddedAny = false; 3943 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3944 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3945 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3946 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3947 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3948 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3949 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 3950 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3951 AddedAny = true; 3952 } 3953 } 3954 } 3955 } 3956 3957 return AddedAny; 3958} 3959 3960static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3961 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3962 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3963 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3964 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3965 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3966 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3967 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3968 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3969 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3970 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3971 } 3972} 3973 3974NamedDecl* 3975Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3976 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3977 LookupResult &Previous, 3978 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3979 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3980 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3981 3982 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3983 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3984 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3985 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3986 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3987 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3988 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3989 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3990 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3991 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3992 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3993 D.setInvalidType(); 3994 break; 3995 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3996 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3997 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3998 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3999 // C99 6.7.1p5: 4000 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 4001 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 4002 // other than extern 4003 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 4004 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4005 diag::err_static_block_func); 4006 SC = SC_None; 4007 } else 4008 SC = SC_Static; 4009 break; 4010 } 4011 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 4012 } 4013 4014 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4015 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4016 4017 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 4018 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 4019 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4020 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 4021 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 4022 D.setInvalidType(); 4023 } 4024 4025 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 4026 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 4027 bool isFriend = false; 4028 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 4029 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 4030 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 4031 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 4032 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4033 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4034 4035 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4036 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4037 // prototype. This true when: 4038 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 4039 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 4040 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 4041 bool HasPrototype = 4042 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 4043 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 4044 4045 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4046 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4047 HasPrototype); 4048 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4049 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4050 4051 // Set the lexical context. 4052 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4053 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4054 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4055 /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false); 4056 } else { 4057 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4058 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 4059 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 4060 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 4061 4062 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 4063 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4064 // the class has been completely parsed. 4065 if (!DC->isRecord() && 4066 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4067 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 4068 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4069 AbstractReturnType)) 4070 D.setInvalidType(); 4071 4072 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 4073 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 4074 assert(DC->isRecord() && 4075 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 4076 4077 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4078 4079 // Create the new declaration 4080 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 4081 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4082 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4083 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4084 isExplicit, isInline, 4085 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4086 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4087 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 4088 if (DC->isRecord()) { 4089 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4090 4091 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 4092 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4093 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4094 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4095 isInline, 4096 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 4097 isVirtualOkay = true; 4098 } else { 4099 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 4100 4101 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 4102 // code path. 4103 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4104 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 4105 SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4106 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 4107 D.setInvalidType(); 4108 } 4109 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 4110 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 4111 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4112 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 4113 return 0; 4114 } 4115 4116 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 4117 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4118 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4119 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4120 isInline, isExplicit, 4121 SourceLocation()); 4122 4123 isVirtualOkay = true; 4124 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 4125 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 4126 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 4127 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 4128 // constructor if it has no return type). 4129 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 4130 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 4131 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 4132 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 4133 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 4134 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4135 return 0; 4136 } 4137 4138 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 4139 4140 // [class.free]p1: 4141 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 4142 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4143 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 4144 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 4145 isStatic = true; 4146 4147 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 4148 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 4149 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 4150 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 4151 isStatic = true; 4152 4153 // This is a C++ method declaration. 4154 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 4155 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4156 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 4157 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4158 SourceLocation()); 4159 4160 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 4161 } else { 4162 // Determine whether the function was written with a 4163 // prototype. This true when: 4164 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 4165 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4166 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 4167 true/*HasPrototype*/); 4168 } 4169 4170 if (isFriend && !isInline && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4171 // C++ [class.friend]p5 4172 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 4173 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 4174 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4175 } 4176 4177 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 4178 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 4179 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 4180 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4181 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4182 4183 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 4184 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 4185 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 4186 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4187 4188 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 4189 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 4190 bool Invalid = false; 4191 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 4192 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 4193 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4194 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4195 TemplateParamLists.get(), 4196 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4197 isFriend, 4198 isExplicitSpecialization, 4199 Invalid)) { 4200 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 4201 // This is a function template 4202 4203 // Check that we can declare a template here. 4204 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 4205 return 0; 4206 4207 // A destructor cannot be a template. 4208 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 4209 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 4210 return 0; 4211 } 4212 4213 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 4214 NewFD->getLocation(), 4215 Name, TemplateParams, 4216 NewFD); 4217 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 4218 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 4219 4220 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 4221 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 4222 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4223 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 4224 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4225 } 4226 } else { 4227 // This is a function template specialization. 4228 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4229 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4230 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4231 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4232 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4233 4234 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 4235 if (isFriend) { 4236 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 4237 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 4238 4239 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 4240 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 4241 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 4242 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 4243 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 4244 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 4245 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4246 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 4247 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 4248 } 4249 4250 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 4251 << Name << RemoveRange 4252 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 4253 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 4254 } 4255 } 4256 } 4257 else { 4258 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 4259 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 4260 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 4261 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 4262 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 4263 TemplateParamLists.size(), 4264 TemplateParamLists.release()); 4265 } 4266 4267 if (Invalid) { 4268 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4269 if (FunctionTemplate) 4270 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4271 } 4272 4273 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 4274 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 4275 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 4276 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 4277 // 4278 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4279 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 4280 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4281 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4282 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4283 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 4284 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4285 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 4286 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4287 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4288 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 4289 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 4290 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4291 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 4292 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 4293 } else { 4294 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 4295 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 4296 } 4297 } 4298 4299 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 4300 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 4301 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4302 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 4303 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 4304 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 4305 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 4306 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 4307 } 4308 } 4309 4310 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 4311 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 4312 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 4313 // and 12.3.2. 4314 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4315 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 4316 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 4317 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4318 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 4319 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4320 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 4321 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4322 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 4323 // or conversion function. 4324 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4325 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 4326 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 4327 } 4328 } 4329 4330 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 4331 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage(), 4332 isExplicitSpecialization || 4333 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 4334 4335 if (isFriend) { 4336 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 4337 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4338 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4339 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 4340 } 4341 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 4342 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4343 } 4344 4345 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 4346 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 4347 // definition. 4348 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 4349 } 4350 4351 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 4352 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 4353 // C++ [class.static]p1: 4354 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 4355 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 4356 // the class. 4357 4358 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 4359 // member function definition. 4360 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4361 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 4362 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4363 } 4364 } 4365 4366 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 4367 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 4368 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 4369 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 4370 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 4371 SE->getString())); 4372 } 4373 4374 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 4375 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 4376 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 4377 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 4378 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 4379 4380 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 4381 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 4382 // single void argument. 4383 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 4384 // already checks for that case. 4385 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 4386 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 4387 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 4388 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 4389 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 4390 4391 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 4392 // typedef of void is not permitted. 4393 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4394 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) { 4395 bool IsTypeAlias = false; 4396 if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>()) 4397 IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl()); 4398 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void) 4399 << IsTypeAlias; 4400 } 4401 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 4402 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 4403 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 4404 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 4405 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 4406 Params.push_back(Param); 4407 4408 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 4409 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4410 } 4411 } 4412 4413 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4414 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 4415 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 4416 // parameters for use in the declaration. 4417 // 4418 // @code 4419 // typedef void fn(int); 4420 // fn f; 4421 // @endcode 4422 4423 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 4424 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 4425 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 4426 ParmVarDecl *Param = 4427 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 4428 Params.push_back(Param); 4429 } 4430 } else { 4431 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 4432 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 4433 } 4434 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 4435 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 4436 4437 // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration. 4438 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4439 /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false); 4440 4441 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4442 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4443 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 4444 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 4445 Redeclaration); 4446 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4447 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4448 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4449 } else { 4450 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 4451 // argument list into our AST format. 4452 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4453 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 4454 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 4455 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 4456 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 4457 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4458 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 4459 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 4460 TemplateId->NumArgs); 4461 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 4462 TemplateArgs); 4463 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 4464 4465 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4466 4467 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4468 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 4469 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 4470 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 4471 4472 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 4473 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4474 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4475 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 4476 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 4477 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 4478 // too few of them). 4479 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 4480 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 4481 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 4482 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 4483 "template<> "); 4484 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4485 } else { 4486 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 4487 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 4488 } 4489 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4490 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 4491 // wrote something like: 4492 // template <> friend void foo(int); 4493 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 4494 // friend void foo<>(int); 4495 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 4496 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 4497 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4498 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4499 } 4500 4501 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 4502 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 4503 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 4504 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 4505 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 4506 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 4507 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 4508 "friend function specialization without template args"); 4509 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 4510 Previous)) 4511 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4512 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 4513 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 4514 && !isFriend) { 4515 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 4516 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4517 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4518 return 0; 4519 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 4520 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 4521 Previous)) 4522 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4523 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4524 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 4525 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4526 } 4527 4528 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 4529 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 4530 Redeclaration); 4531 4532 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 4533 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 4534 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 4535 4536 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 4537 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 4538 : NewFD); 4539 4540 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 4541 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 4542 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4543 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 4544 4545 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 4546 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 4547 4548 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 4549 } 4550 4551 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 4552 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 4553 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 4554 4555 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 4556 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 4557 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4558 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4559 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4560 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 4561 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 4562 ? (IsFunctionDefinition 4563 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 4564 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 4565 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4566 DC && DC->isRecord() && 4567 DC->isDependentContext()) 4568 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 4569 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 4570 } 4571 4572 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4573 // Ignore all the rest of this. 4574 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 4575 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 4576 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 4577 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 4578 4579 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 4580 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4581 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 4582 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 4583 4584 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 4585 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 4586 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 4587 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 4588 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 4589 // can actually do this check immediately. 4590 if (isFriend && 4591 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 4592 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 4593 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 4594 // ignore these 4595 } else { 4596 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 4597 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 4598 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 4599 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 4600 // 4601 // class X { 4602 // void f() const; 4603 // }; 4604 // 4605 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4606 // 4607 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4608 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4609 // whether the parameter types are references). 4610 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4611 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4612 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4613 4614 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4615 } 4616 4617 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4618 // to something. 4619 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4620 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4621 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4622 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4623 } 4624 4625 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4626 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4627 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4628 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4629 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4630 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4631 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4632 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4633 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4634 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4635 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4636 } 4637 } 4638 4639 4640 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4641 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4642 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4643 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4644 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D, 4645 /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true); 4646 4647 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4648 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4649 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4650 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4651 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4652 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4653 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4654 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4655 } 4656 } 4657 4658 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4659 4660 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4661 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4662 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4663 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4664 << NewFD; 4665 4666 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4667 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4668 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4669 EPI.Variadic = true; 4670 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4671 4672 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4673 NewFD->setType(R); 4674 } 4675 4676 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4677 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4678 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4679 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4680 4681 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4682 // map of such names. 4683 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4684 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4685 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4686 4687 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4688 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4689 4690 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4691 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4692 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4693 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4694 return FunctionTemplate; 4695 } 4696 } 4697 4698 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4699 4700 if (getLangOptions().CUDA) 4701 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 4702 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 4703 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4704 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 4705 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType()) 4706 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 4707 4708 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 4709 } 4710 } 4711 4712 return NewFD; 4713} 4714 4715/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4716/// 4717/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4718/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4719/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4720/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4721/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4722/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4723/// via InstantiateDecl). 4724/// 4725/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4726/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4727/// 4728/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4729void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4730 LookupResult &Previous, 4731 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4732 bool &Redeclaration) { 4733 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4734 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4735 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4736 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4737 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4738 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4739 4740 return; 4741 } 4742 4743 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4744 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4745 // because all functions have linkage. 4746 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4747 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4748 } 4749 4750 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4751 CheckMain(NewFD); 4752 4753 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4754 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4755 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4756 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4757 // declaration with the same name. 4758 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4759 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4760 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4761 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4762 } 4763 4764 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4765 // the same name, if appropriate. 4766 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4767 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4768 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4769 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4770 // function to the scope. 4771 4772 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4773 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4774 Redeclaration = true; 4775 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4776 } else { 4777 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4778 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4779 case Ovl_Match: 4780 Redeclaration = true; 4781 break; 4782 4783 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4784 Redeclaration = true; 4785 break; 4786 4787 case Ovl_Overload: 4788 Redeclaration = false; 4789 break; 4790 } 4791 4792 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4793 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4794 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4795 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4796 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4797 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0; 4798 if (Redeclaration) 4799 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 4800 else if (!Previous.empty()) 4801 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 4802 if (OverloadedDecl) 4803 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 4804 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4805 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), 4806 Context)); 4807 } 4808 } 4809 4810 if (Redeclaration) { 4811 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4812 // merged. 4813 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4814 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4815 4816 Previous.clear(); 4817 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4818 4819 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4820 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4821 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4822 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4823 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4824 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4825 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4826 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4827 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4828 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4829 } 4830 4831 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4832 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4833 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4834 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4835 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4836 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4837 } 4838 } else { 4839 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4840 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4841 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4842 } 4843 } 4844 } 4845 4846 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4847 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4848 // C++-specific checks. 4849 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4850 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4851 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4852 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4853 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4854 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4855 4856 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4857 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4858 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4859 DeclarationName Name 4860 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4861 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4862 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4863 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4864 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4865 } 4866 } 4867 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4868 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4869 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4870 } 4871 4872 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4873 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4874 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4875 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4876 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4877 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4878 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4879 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4880 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4881 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4882 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4883 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4884 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4885 ++Overridden) { 4886 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4887 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4888 } 4889 } 4890 } 4891 } 4892 } 4893 4894 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4895 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4896 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4897 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4898 4899 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4900 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4901 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4902 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4903 4904 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4905 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4906 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4907 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4908 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4909 4910 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4911 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4912 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4913 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4914 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4915 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4916 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4917 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4918 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4919 } 4920 } 4921 } 4922} 4923 4924void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4925 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4926 // or static is ill-formed. 4927 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4928 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4929 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4930 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4931 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4932 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4933 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4934 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4935 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4936 4937 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4938 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4939 } 4940 4941 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4942 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4943 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4944 4945 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4946 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4947 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4948 } 4949 4950 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4951 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4952 4953 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4954 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4955 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4956 4957 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4958 4959 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4960 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4961 // getting shifty. 4962 if (nparams == 4 && Context.Target.getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 4963 HasExtraParameters = false; 4964 4965 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4966 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4967 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4968 nparams = 3; 4969 } 4970 4971 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4972 // if we had some location information about types. 4973 4974 QualType CharPP = 4975 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4976 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4977 4978 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4979 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4980 4981 bool mismatch = true; 4982 4983 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4984 mismatch = false; 4985 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4986 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4987 // char const ** 4988 // char const * const * 4989 // char * const * 4990 4991 QualifierCollector qs; 4992 const PointerType* PT; 4993 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4994 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4995 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4996 qs.removeConst(); 4997 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4998 } 4999 } 5000 5001 if (mismatch) { 5002 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 5003 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 5004 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5005 } 5006 } 5007 5008 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5009 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 5010 } 5011 5012 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 5013 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 5014 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5015 } 5016} 5017 5018bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 5019 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 5020 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 5021 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 5022 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 5023 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 5024 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 5025 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 5026 // rules there don't matter.) 5027 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 5028 return false; 5029 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 5030 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5031 return true; 5032} 5033 5034namespace { 5035 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 5036 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 5037 class SelfReferenceChecker 5038 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 5039 Sema &S; 5040 Decl *OrigDecl; 5041 5042 public: 5043 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 5044 5045 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 5046 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { } 5047 5048 void VisitExpr(Expr *E) { 5049 if (isa<ObjCMessageExpr>(*E)) return; 5050 Inherited::VisitExpr(E); 5051 } 5052 5053 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5054 CheckForSelfReference(E); 5055 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 5056 } 5057 5058 void CheckForSelfReference(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 5059 if (E->getCastKind() != CK_LValueToRValue) return; 5060 Expr* SubExpr = E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 5061 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(SubExpr); 5062 if (!DRE) return; 5063 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 5064 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 5065 LookupResult Result(S, DRE->getNameInfo(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 5066 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 5067 S.Diag(SubExpr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init) 5068 << Result.getLookupName() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 5069 << SubExpr->getSourceRange(); 5070 } 5071 }; 5072} 5073 5074/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 5075/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 5076/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 5077void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 5078 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5079 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 5080 // the initializer. 5081 if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 5082 return; 5083 5084 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 5085 if (VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5086 // Variables declared within a function/method body are handled 5087 // by a dataflow analysis. 5088 if (!vd->hasLocalStorage() && !vd->isStaticLocal()) 5089 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5090 } 5091 else { 5092 SelfReferenceChecker(*this, RealDecl).VisitExpr(Init); 5093 } 5094 5095 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5096 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 5097 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 5098 // Thus this grotesque test. 5099 IntegerLiteral *IL; 5100 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 5101 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 5102 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 5103 else { 5104 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 5105 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 5106 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 5107 } 5108 return; 5109 } 5110 5111 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 5112 if (!VDecl) { 5113 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5114 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 5115 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 5116 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 5117 else 5118 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 5119 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5120 return; 5121 } 5122 5123 // C++0x [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 5124 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->getContainedAutoType()) { 5125 TypeSourceInfo *DeducedType = 0; 5126 if (!DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), Init, DeducedType)) 5127 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_deduction_failure) 5128 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() << Init->getType() 5129 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5130 if (!DeducedType) { 5131 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5132 return; 5133 } 5134 VDecl->setTypeSourceInfo(DeducedType); 5135 VDecl->setType(DeducedType->getType()); 5136 5137 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 5138 // the previously declared type. 5139 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDeclaration()) 5140 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old); 5141 } 5142 5143 5144 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 5145 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 5146 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 5147 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 5148 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 5149 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 5150 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 5151 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5152 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5153 return; 5154 } 5155 5156 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5157 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 5158 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5159 AbstractVariableType)) 5160 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5161 5162 const VarDecl *Def; 5163 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 5164 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 5165 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5166 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5167 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5168 return; 5169 } 5170 5171 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 5172 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5173 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 5174 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 5175 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 5176 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 5177 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 5178 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 5179 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 5180 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 5181 // 5182 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 5183 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 5184 // declaration with an initializer. 5185 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 5186 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 5187 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5188 return; 5189 } 5190 5191 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5192 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5193 5194 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 5195 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5196 return; 5197 } 5198 } 5199 5200 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 5201 // initialization. 5202 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 5203 5204 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 5205 InitializationKind Kind 5206 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 5207 Init->getLocStart(), 5208 Init->getLocEnd()) 5209 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 5210 Init->getLocStart()); 5211 5212 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 5213 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 5214 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 5215 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 5216 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 5217 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 5218 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5219 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5220 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5221 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5222 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5223 &DclT); 5224 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5225 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5226 return; 5227 } 5228 5229 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5230 5231 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5232 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5233 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5234 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 5235 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5236 } 5237 } 5238 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 5239 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 5240 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 5241 // 5242 // struct S { 5243 // static const int value = 17; 5244 // }; 5245 5246 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 5247 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5248 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5249 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5250 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5251 &DclT); 5252 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5253 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5254 return; 5255 } 5256 5257 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5258 } 5259 5260 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 5261 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 5262 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 5263 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 5264 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 5265 5266 // Do nothing on dependent types. 5267 if (T->isDependentType()) { 5268 5269 // Require constness. 5270 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 5271 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 5272 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5273 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5274 5275 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 5276 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5277 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 5278 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 5279 llvm::APSInt Value; 5280 SourceLocation Loc; 5281 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 5282 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5283 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5284 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5285 } 5286 } 5287 5288 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 5289 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 5290 // implement fully. 5291 } else { 5292 bool Allowed = false; 5293 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 5294 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 5295 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 5296 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 5297 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5298 Allowed = true; 5299 } 5300 5301 if (!Allowed) { 5302 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 5303 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 5304 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5305 5306 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 5307 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 5308 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 5309 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 5310 << Init->getSourceRange(); 5311 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5312 } 5313 } 5314 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 5315 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 5316 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 5317 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 5318 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 5319 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5320 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 5321 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5322 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 5323 &DclT); 5324 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5325 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5326 return; 5327 } 5328 5329 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5330 } 5331 5332 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 5333 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 5334 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 5335 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 5336 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 5337 } 5338 } 5339 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 5340 // completed by the initializer. For example: 5341 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 5342 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 5343 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 5344 VDecl->setType(DclT); 5345 Init->setType(DclT); 5346 } 5347 5348 5349 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 5350 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 5351 // global/static definition. 5352 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 5353 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 5354 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 5355 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 5356 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 5357 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 5358 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 5359 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 5360 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 5361 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 5362 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 5363 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 5364 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5365 } 5366 } 5367 } 5368 5369 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 5370 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 5371 5372 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 5373 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 5374 VDecl->setInit(Init); 5375 5376 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 5377} 5378 5379/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 5380/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 5381/// of sanity. 5382void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 5383 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 5384 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 5385 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5386 5387 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5388 if (!VD) return; 5389 5390 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 5391 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 5392 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5393 return; 5394 } 5395 5396 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 5397 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 5398 5399 // Require a complete type. 5400 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 5401 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 5402 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5403 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5404 return; 5405 } 5406 5407 // Require an abstract type. 5408 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 5409 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5410 AbstractVariableType)) { 5411 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 5412 return; 5413 } 5414 5415 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 5416 // though. 5417} 5418 5419void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 5420 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5421 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 5422 if (RealDecl == 0) 5423 return; 5424 5425 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 5426 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 5427 5428 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 5429 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 5430 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 5431 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 5432 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5433 return; 5434 } 5435 5436 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 5437 case VarDecl::Definition: 5438 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 5439 break; 5440 5441 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 5442 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 5443 // a declaration. 5444 // 5445 // Fall through 5446 5447 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 5448 // It's only a declaration. 5449 5450 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 5451 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 5452 // object shall be complete. 5453 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 5454 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5455 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5456 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 5457 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5458 5459 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 5460 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 5461 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5462 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5463 AbstractVariableType)) 5464 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5465 return; 5466 5467 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 5468 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 5469 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 5470 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 5471 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 5472 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 5473 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 5474 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 5475 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 5476 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5477 ArrayT->getElementType(), 5478 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 5479 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5480 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 5481 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 5482 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 5483 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 5484 // NOTE: code such as the following 5485 // static struct s; 5486 // struct s { int a; }; 5487 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 5488 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 5489 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 5490 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 5491 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5492 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 5493 } 5494 } 5495 5496 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 5497 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5498 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 5499 return; 5500 } 5501 5502 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5503 // definitions with incomplete array type. 5504 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 5505 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 5506 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 5507 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5508 return; 5509 } 5510 5511 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 5512 // definitions with reference type. 5513 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 5514 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 5515 << Var->getDeclName() 5516 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 5517 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5518 return; 5519 } 5520 5521 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 5522 // variable with dependent type. 5523 if (Type->isDependentType()) 5524 return; 5525 5526 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 5527 return; 5528 5529 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 5530 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 5531 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 5532 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5533 return; 5534 } 5535 5536 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 5537 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 5538 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5539 AbstractVariableType)) { 5540 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5541 return; 5542 } 5543 5544 const RecordType *Record 5545 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 5546 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5547 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 5548 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 5549 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 5550 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 5551 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 5552 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 5553 // type shall have a user-declared default 5554 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 5555 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 5556 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 5557 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 5558 // program is ill-formed. 5559 } else { 5560 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 5561 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 5562 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 5563 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 5564 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5565 5566 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 5567 InitializationKind Kind 5568 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 5569 5570 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 5571 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 5572 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 5573 if (Init.isInvalid()) 5574 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 5575 else if (Init.get()) 5576 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 5577 } 5578 5579 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 5580 } 5581} 5582 5583void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 5584 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 5585 if (!VD) { 5586 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 5587 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5588 return; 5589 } 5590 5591 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 5592 5593 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 5594 int Error = -1; 5595 switch (VD->getStorageClassAsWritten()) { 5596 case SC_None: 5597 break; 5598 case SC_Extern: 5599 Error = 0; 5600 break; 5601 case SC_Static: 5602 Error = 1; 5603 break; 5604 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5605 Error = 2; 5606 break; 5607 case SC_Auto: 5608 Error = 3; 5609 break; 5610 case SC_Register: 5611 Error = 4; 5612 break; 5613 } 5614 // FIXME: constexpr isn't allowed here. 5615 //if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 5616 // Error = 5; 5617 if (Error != -1) { 5618 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 5619 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 5620 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5621 } 5622} 5623 5624void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 5625 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 5626 5627 // All the following checks are C++ only. 5628 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) return; 5629 5630 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(var->getType()); 5631 if (baseType->isDependentType()) return; 5632 5633 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 5634 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5635 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 5636 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 5637 5638 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 5639 // constructing this copy. 5640 QualType type = var->getType(); 5641 5642 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 5643 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 5644 Expr *varRef = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, poi); 5645 ExprResult result = 5646 PerformCopyInitialization( 5647 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 5648 poi, Owned(varRef)); 5649 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 5650 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 5651 Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>(); 5652 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 5653 } 5654 } 5655 } 5656 5657 // Check for global constructors. 5658 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 5659 var->hasGlobalStorage() && 5660 !var->isStaticLocal() && 5661 var->getInit() && 5662 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, 5663 baseType->isReferenceType())) 5664 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 5665 << var->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5666 5667 // Require the destructor. 5668 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 5669 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 5670} 5671 5672/// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 5673/// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 5674void 5675Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 5676 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 5677 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 5678} 5679 5680Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5681Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 5682 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 5683 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 5684 5685 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 5686 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 5687 5688 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 5689 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 5690 Decls.push_back(D); 5691 5692 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(), 5693 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_auto); 5694} 5695 5696/// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 5697/// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 5698Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 5699Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 5700 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 5701 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 5702 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 5703 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 5704 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 5705 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 5706 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 5707 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 5708 if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) { 5709 QualType Deduced; 5710 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 5711 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0; 5712 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) { 5713 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 5714 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 5715 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 5716 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 5717 break; 5718 if (AT && AT->isDeduced()) { 5719 QualType U = AT->getDeducedType(); 5720 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 5721 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 5722 Deduced = U; 5723 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 5724 DeducedDecl = D; 5725 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 5726 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 5727 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 5728 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 5729 << U << D->getDeclName() 5730 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 5731 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 5732 D->setInvalidDecl(); 5733 break; 5734 } 5735 } 5736 } 5737 } 5738 } 5739 5740 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls)); 5741} 5742 5743 5744/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 5745/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 5746Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5747 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 5748 5749 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 5750 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 5751 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 5752 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 5753 StorageClass = SC_Register; 5754 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 5755 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 5756 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5757 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 5758 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 5759 } 5760 5761 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 5762 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 5763 5764 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 5765 5766 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 5767 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 5768 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 5769 5770 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5771 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 5772 // parameter. 5773 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5774 5775 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 5776 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 5777 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 5778 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 5779 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 5780 } 5781 5782 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5783 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5784 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 5785 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5786 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 5787 } 5788 } 5789 5790 // Ensure we have a valid name 5791 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 5792 if (D.hasName()) { 5793 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5794 if (!II) { 5795 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5796 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5797 D.setInvalidType(true); 5798 } 5799 } 5800 5801 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5802 if (II) { 5803 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5804 ForRedeclaration); 5805 LookupName(R, S); 5806 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5807 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5808 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5809 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5810 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5811 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5812 PrevDecl = 0; 5813 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5814 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5815 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5816 5817 // Recover by removing the name 5818 II = 0; 5819 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5820 D.setInvalidType(true); 5821 } 5822 } 5823 } 5824 5825 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5826 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5827 // looking like class members in C++. 5828 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5829 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 5830 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5831 parmDeclType, TInfo, 5832 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5833 5834 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5835 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5836 5837 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5838 S->AddDecl(New); 5839 if (II) 5840 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5841 5842 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5843 5844 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5845 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5846 } 5847 return New; 5848} 5849 5850/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5851/// typedef. 5852ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5853 SourceLocation Loc, 5854 QualType T) { 5855 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 5856 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 5857 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 5858 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0, 5859 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5860 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5861 Param->setImplicit(); 5862 return Param; 5863} 5864 5865void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5866 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5867 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5868 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5869 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5870 return; 5871 5872 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5873 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5874 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5875 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5876 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5877 } 5878 } 5879} 5880 5881void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5882 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5883 QualType ReturnTy, 5884 NamedDecl *D) { 5885 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5886 return; 5887 5888 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5889 // threshold. 5890 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5891 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5892 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5893 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5894 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5895 } 5896 5897 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5898 // threshold. 5899 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5900 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5901 if (!T->isPODType()) 5902 continue; 5903 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5904 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5905 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5906 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5907 } 5908} 5909 5910ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 5911 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 5912 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 5913 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5914 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5915 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 5916 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5917 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5918 0); 5919 5920 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5921 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5922 // the class has been completely parsed. 5923 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5924 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5925 AbstractParamType)) 5926 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5927 5928 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5929 // passed by reference. 5930 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5931 Diag(NameLoc, 5932 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5933 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5934 } 5935 5936 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5937 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5938 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5939 // an address space. 5940 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5941 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5942 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5943 } 5944 5945 return New; 5946} 5947 5948void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5949 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5950 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5951 5952 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5953 // for a K&R function. 5954 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5955 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5956 --i; 5957 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5958 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5959 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5960 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5961 << ";\n"; 5962 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5963 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5964 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5965 5966 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5967 // type. 5968 AttributeFactory attrs; 5969 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 5970 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5971 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5972 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5973 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5974 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5975 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5976 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5977 } 5978 } 5979 } 5980} 5981 5982Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5983 Declarator &D) { 5984 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5985 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5986 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5987 5988 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5989 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5990 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5991 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5992} 5993 5994static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5995 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5996 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5997 return false; 5998 5999 // Or declarations that aren't global. 6000 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 6001 return false; 6002 6003 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 6004 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 6005 return false; 6006 6007 // Don't warn about 'main'. 6008 if (FD->isMain()) 6009 return false; 6010 6011 // Don't warn about inline functions. 6012 if (FD->isInlined()) 6013 return false; 6014 6015 // Don't warn about function templates. 6016 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 6017 return false; 6018 6019 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 6020 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 6021 return false; 6022 6023 bool MissingPrototype = true; 6024 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 6025 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 6026 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 6027 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 6028 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6029 continue; 6030 6031 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 6032 break; 6033 } 6034 6035 return MissingPrototype; 6036} 6037 6038void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6039 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 6040 // was an extern inline function. 6041 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 6042 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 6043 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 6044 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 6045 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 6046 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 6047 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 6048 else 6049 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 6050 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6051 } 6052} 6053 6054Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 6055 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 6056 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 6057 6058 if (!D) 6059 return D; 6060 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6061 6062 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 6063 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6064 else 6065 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 6066 6067 // Enter a new function scope 6068 PushFunctionScope(); 6069 6070 // See if this is a redefinition. 6071 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 6072 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 6073 6074 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 6075 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6076 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 6077 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 6078 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6079 } 6080 } 6081 6082 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 6083 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 6084 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 6085 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 6086 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 6087 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 6088 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 6089 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6090 6091 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 6092 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 6093 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 6094 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 6095 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 6096 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 6097 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 6098 6099 if (FnBodyScope) 6100 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 6101 6102 // Check the validity of our function parameters 6103 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6104 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 6105 6106 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 6107 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 6108 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 6109 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 6110 6111 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6112 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 6113 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 6114 6115 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 6116 } 6117 } 6118 6119 // Checking attributes of current function definition 6120 // dllimport attribute. 6121 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6122 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 6123 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 6124 // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope. 6125 if (!DA->isInherited() && 6126 !(LangOpts.Microsoft && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 6127 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6128 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 6129 << "dllimport"; 6130 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6131 return FD; 6132 } 6133 6134 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 6135 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 6136 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 6137 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 6138 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 6139 // emitted. 6140 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6141 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6142 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 6143 } 6144 } 6145 return FD; 6146} 6147 6148/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 6149/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 6150/// optimization. 6151/// 6152/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 6153/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 6154/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 6155/// use the named return value optimization. 6156/// 6157/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 6158/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 6159/// the NRVO variable. 6160/// 6161/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 6162/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 6163/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 6164static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 6165 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 6166 6167 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 6168 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 6169 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6170 return; 6171 6172 if (!NRVOCandidate) 6173 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 6174 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 6175 return; 6176 } 6177 6178 if (NRVOCandidate) 6179 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 6180} 6181 6182Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 6183 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 6184} 6185 6186Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 6187 bool IsInstantiation) { 6188 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 6189 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 6190 if (FunTmpl) 6191 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 6192 else 6193 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 6194 6195 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 6196 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0; 6197 6198 if (FD) { 6199 FD->setBody(Body); 6200 if (FD->isMain()) { 6201 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 6202 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 6203 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 6204 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 6205 } 6206 6207 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6208 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 6209 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 6210 FD->getResultType(), FD); 6211 6212 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 6213 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 6214 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 6215 6216 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 6217 } 6218 6219 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 6220 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 6221 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 6222 MD->setBody(Body); 6223 if (Body) 6224 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 6225 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6226 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 6227 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 6228 MD->getResultType(), MD); 6229 } 6230 } else { 6231 return 0; 6232 } 6233 6234 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 6235 if (Body) { 6236 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 6237 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 6238 // Verify this. 6239 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 6240 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 6241 6242 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6243 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 6244 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 6245 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 6246 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 6247 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 6248 6249 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 6250 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 6251 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 6252 6253 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 6254 Destructor->getParent()); 6255 } 6256 6257 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6258 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6259 // deletion in some later function. 6260 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 6261 PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) 6262 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6263 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 6264 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 6265 // enabled. 6266 ActivePolicy = &WP; 6267 } 6268 6269 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 6270 } 6271 6272 if (!IsInstantiation) 6273 PopDeclContext(); 6274 6275 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(ActivePolicy, dcl); 6276 6277 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 6278 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 6279 // deletion in some later function. 6280 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 6281 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 6282 6283 return dcl; 6284} 6285 6286/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 6287/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 6288NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 6289 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 6290 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 6291 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 6292 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 6293 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 6294 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 6295 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 6296 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 6297 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 6298 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6299 return Pos->second; 6300 } 6301 6302 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 6303 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 6304 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 6305 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 6306 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6307 else 6308 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 6309 6310 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 6311 const char *Dummy; 6312 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 6313 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 6314 unsigned DiagID; 6315 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 6316 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 6317 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 6318 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 6319 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 6320 0, 0, true, SourceLocation(), 6321 EST_None, SourceLocation(), 6322 0, 0, 0, 0, Loc, Loc, D), 6323 DS.getAttributes(), 6324 SourceLocation()); 6325 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 6326 6327 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 6328 6329 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 6330 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6331 6332 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 6333 FD->setImplicit(); 6334 6335 CurContext = PrevDC; 6336 6337 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 6338 6339 return FD; 6340} 6341 6342/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 6343/// the declaration of this function. 6344/// 6345/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 6346/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 6347/// like NSLog or printf. 6348void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 6349 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6350 return; 6351 6352 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 6353 // actual attributes. 6354 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 6355 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 6356 unsigned FormatIdx; 6357 bool HasVAListArg; 6358 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 6359 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6360 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6361 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 6362 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6363 } 6364 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 6365 HasVAListArg)) { 6366 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6367 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6368 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 6369 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 6370 } 6371 6372 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 6373 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 6374 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 6375 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 6376 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 6377 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 6378 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6379 } 6380 6381 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 6382 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6383 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 6384 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 6385 } 6386 6387 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 6388 if (!Name) 6389 return; 6390 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6391 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 6392 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 6393 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 6394 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 6395 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 6396 // about. 6397 } else 6398 return; 6399 6400 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 6401 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 6402 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 6403 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 6404 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 6405 } else 6406 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6407 "printf", 1, 6408 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 6409 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 6410 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 6411 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 6412 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 6413 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 6414 "printf", 2, 6415 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 6416 } 6417} 6418 6419TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 6420 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 6421 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 6422 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 6423 6424 if (!TInfo) { 6425 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 6426 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 6427 } 6428 6429 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 6430 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 6431 D.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 6432 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6433 D.getIdentifier(), 6434 TInfo); 6435 6436 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 6437 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 6438 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 6439 return NewTD; 6440 } 6441 6442 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 6443 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 6444 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 6445 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 6446 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 6447 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 6448 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 6449 case TST_enum: 6450 case TST_struct: 6451 case TST_union: 6452 case TST_class: { 6453 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 6454 6455 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 6456 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 6457 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 6458 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 6459 6460 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 6461 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 6462 6463 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 6464 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 6465 break; 6466 6467 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 6468 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 6469 break; 6470 } 6471 6472 default: 6473 break; 6474 } 6475 6476 return NewTD; 6477} 6478 6479 6480/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 6481/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 6482/// 6483/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 6484bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 6485 TagTypeKind NewTag, 6486 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 6487 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 6488 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 6489 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 6490 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 6491 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 6492 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 6493 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 6494 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 6495 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 6496 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 6497 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 6498 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 6499 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 6500 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 6501 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 6502 if (OldTag == NewTag) 6503 return true; 6504 6505 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 6506 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 6507 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 6508 bool isTemplate = false; 6509 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 6510 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 6511 6512 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 6513 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 6514 << isTemplate << &Name 6515 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 6516 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 6517 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6518 return true; 6519 } 6520 return false; 6521} 6522 6523/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 6524/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 6525/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 6526/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 6527Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 6528 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6529 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 6530 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 6531 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 6532 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 6533 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 6534 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 6535 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 6536 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 6537 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 6538 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 6539 6540 OwnedDecl = false; 6541 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 6542 6543 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 6544 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6545 bool Invalid = false; 6546 6547 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 6548 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 6549 // for non-C++ cases. 6550 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 6551 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 6552 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 6553 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 6554 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 6555 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 6556 TUK == TUK_Friend, 6557 isExplicitSpecialization, 6558 Invalid)) { 6559 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6560 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 6561 // be a member of another template). 6562 6563 if (Invalid) 6564 return 0; 6565 6566 OwnedDecl = false; 6567 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 6568 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 6569 TemplateParams, AS, 6570 TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 6571 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6572 return Result.get(); 6573 } else { 6574 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 6575 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 6576 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 6577 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 6578 } 6579 } 6580 } 6581 6582 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 6583 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 6584 // redeclaration. 6585 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 6586 6587 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6588 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 6589 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 6590 // type, default to int. 6591 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6592 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 6593 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 6594 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 6595 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 6596 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 6597 EnumUnderlying = TI; 6598 6599 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 6600 6601 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 6602 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 6603 << T; 6604 // Recover by falling back to int. 6605 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6606 } 6607 6608 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 6609 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 6610 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6611 6612 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6613 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 6614 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 6615 } 6616 6617 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 6618 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 6619 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 6620 6621 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 6622 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 6623 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 6624 6625 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 6626 6627 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6628 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 6629 6630 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 6631 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 6632 Name = 0; 6633 goto CreateNewDecl; 6634 } 6635 6636 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 6637 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 6638 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6639 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 6640 if (!DC) { 6641 IsDependent = true; 6642 return 0; 6643 } 6644 } else { 6645 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 6646 if (!DC) { 6647 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 6648 << SS.getRange(); 6649 return 0; 6650 } 6651 } 6652 6653 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 6654 return 0; 6655 6656 SearchDC = DC; 6657 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 6658 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 6659 6660 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6661 return 0; 6662 6663 if (Previous.empty()) { 6664 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 6665 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 6666 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 6667 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 6668 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 6669 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 6670 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 6671 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6672 IsDependent = true; 6673 return 0; 6674 } 6675 6676 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 6677 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 6678 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 6679 Name = 0; 6680 Invalid = true; 6681 goto CreateNewDecl; 6682 } 6683 } else if (Name) { 6684 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 6685 // declaration or definition. 6686 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 6687 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 6688 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 6689 LookupName(Previous, S); 6690 6691 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 6692 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 6693 return 0; 6694 6695 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 6696 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 6697 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 6698 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 6699 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 6700 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 6701 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6702 } 6703 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 6704 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 6705 // initial context to the translation unit. 6706 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 6707 } 6708 6709 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 6710 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 6711 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6712 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6713 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6714 Previous.clear(); 6715 } 6716 6717 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 6718 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 6719 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 6720 isStdBadAlloc = true; 6721 6722 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 6723 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 6724 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 6725 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 6726 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 6727 } 6728 } 6729 6730 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 6731 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 6732 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 6733 // there's a shadow friend decl. 6734 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 6735 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 6736 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 6737 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 6738 6739 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 6740 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 6741 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 6742 // 6743 // class-key identifier 6744 // 6745 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 6746 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 6747 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 6748 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 6749 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 6750 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 6751 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 6752 // declaration. 6753 // 6754 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 6755 // C structs and unions. 6756 // 6757 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 6758 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 6759 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 6760 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 6761 // 6762 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 6763 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 6764 // 6765 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 6766 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 6767 // lexical context, 6768 while (SearchDC->isRecord() || SearchDC->isTransparentContext()) 6769 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 6770 6771 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 6772 while (S->isClassScope() || 6773 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6774 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 6775 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 6776 (S->getEntity() && 6777 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 6778 S = S->getParent(); 6779 } else { 6780 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 6781 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 6782 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 6783 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 6784 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6785 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6786 } 6787 6788 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6789 // diagnose some problems. 6790 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6791 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6792 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6793 } 6794 } 6795 6796 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6797 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6798 6799 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6800 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6801 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6802 // in C++. 6803 // 6804 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6805 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6806 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6807 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6808 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6809 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6810 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6811 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6812 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6813 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6814 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6815 PrevDecl = Tag; 6816 Previous.clear(); 6817 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6818 Previous.resolveKind(); 6819 } 6820 } 6821 } 6822 } 6823 6824 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6825 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6826 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6827 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6828 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6829 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6830 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6831 // struct or something similar. 6832 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6833 bool SafeToContinue 6834 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6835 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6836 if (SafeToContinue) 6837 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6838 << Name 6839 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6840 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6841 else 6842 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6843 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6844 6845 if (SafeToContinue) 6846 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6847 else { 6848 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6849 Name = 0; 6850 Previous.clear(); 6851 Invalid = true; 6852 } 6853 } 6854 6855 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6856 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6857 6858 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6859 // returning the previous declaration. 6860 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6861 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6862 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6863 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6864 return PrevTagDecl; 6865 } 6866 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6867 QualType T; 6868 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6869 T = TI->getType(); 6870 else 6871 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6872 6873 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6874 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6875 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6876 << T 6877 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6878 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6879 return PrevTagDecl; 6880 } 6881 } 6882 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6883 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6884 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6885 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6886 return PrevTagDecl; 6887 } 6888 } 6889 6890 if (!Invalid) { 6891 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6892 6893 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6894 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6895 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6896 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6897 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6898 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6899 return PrevTagDecl; 6900 6901 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6902 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6903 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6904 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6905 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6906 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6907 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6908 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6909 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6910 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6911 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6912 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6913 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6914 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6915 // references get the previous definition. 6916 Name = 0; 6917 Previous.clear(); 6918 Invalid = true; 6919 } 6920 } else { 6921 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6922 // about a nested redefinition. 6923 const TagType *Tag 6924 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6925 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6926 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6927 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6928 diag::note_previous_definition); 6929 Name = 0; 6930 Previous.clear(); 6931 Invalid = true; 6932 } 6933 } 6934 6935 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6936 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6937 } 6938 } 6939 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6940 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6941 6942 } else { 6943 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6944 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6945 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6946 // have distinct types. 6947 Previous.clear(); 6948 } 6949 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6950 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6951 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6952 6953 6954 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6955 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6956 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6957 } else { 6958 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6959 6960 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6961 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6962 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6963 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6964 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6965 unsigned Kind = 0; 6966 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6967 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6968 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 6969 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6970 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6971 Invalid = true; 6972 6973 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6974 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 6975 isExplicitSpecialization)) { 6976 // do nothing 6977 6978 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6979 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6980 unsigned Kind = 0; 6981 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6982 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6983 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 6984 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6985 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6986 Invalid = true; 6987 6988 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6989 // case here. 6990 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6991 unsigned Kind = 0; 6992 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6993 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6994 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 6995 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6996 Invalid = true; 6997 6998 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6999 } else { 7000 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 7001 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 7002 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 7003 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7004 Name = 0; 7005 Invalid = true; 7006 } 7007 7008 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 7009 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 7010 Previous.clear(); 7011 } 7012 } 7013 7014CreateNewDecl: 7015 7016 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 7017 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 7018 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 7019 7020 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 7021 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 7022 // keyword. 7023 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 7024 7025 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 7026 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 7027 // PrevDecl. 7028 TagDecl *New; 7029 7030 bool IsForwardReference = false; 7031 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 7032 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7033 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 7034 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7035 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 7036 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 7037 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 7038 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 7039 TagDecl *Def; 7040 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 7041 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 7042 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 7043 } 7044 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 7045 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 7046 << New; 7047 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7048 } else { 7049 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 7050 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 7051 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 7052 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7053 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 7054 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 7055 7056 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 7057 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 7058 // the declaration context. 7059 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 7060 IsForwardReference = true; 7061 } 7062 } 7063 7064 if (EnumUnderlying) { 7065 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 7066 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 7067 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 7068 else 7069 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 7070 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 7071 } 7072 7073 } else { 7074 // struct/union/class 7075 7076 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 7077 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 7078 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7079 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 7080 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7081 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7082 7083 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 7084 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 7085 } else 7086 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 7087 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 7088 } 7089 7090 // Maybe add qualifier info. 7091 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 7092 if (SS.isSet()) { 7093 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 7094 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 7095 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 7096 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 7097 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 7098 } 7099 } 7100 else 7101 Invalid = true; 7102 } 7103 7104 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 7105 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 7106 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 7107 // 7108 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 7109 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 7110 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 7111 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 7112 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 7113 // parsing of the struct). 7114 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 7115 } 7116 7117 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 7118 // check the specialization. 7119 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 7120 Invalid = true; 7121 7122 if (Invalid) 7123 New->setInvalidDecl(); 7124 7125 if (Attr) 7126 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7127 7128 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 7129 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 7130 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7131 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 7132 7133 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 7134 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 7135 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 7136 7137 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 7138 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 7139 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 7140 7141 // Set the access specifier. 7142 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 7143 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 7144 7145 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 7146 New->startDefinition(); 7147 7148 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 7149 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 7150 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 7151 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 7152 if (PrevDecl) 7153 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 7154 7155 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7156 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7157 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 7158 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 7159 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 7160 } else if (Name) { 7161 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7162 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 7163 if (IsForwardReference) 7164 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 7165 7166 } else { 7167 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7168 } 7169 7170 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 7171 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 7172 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 7173 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7174 II->isStr("FILE")) 7175 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 7176 7177 OwnedDecl = true; 7178 return New; 7179} 7180 7181void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7182 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7183 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7184 7185 // Enter the tag context. 7186 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 7187} 7188 7189void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7190 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 7191 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 7192 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7193 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 7194 7195 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 7196 7197 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 7198 return; 7199 7200 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 7201 Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context)); 7202 7203 // C++ [class]p2: 7204 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 7205 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 7206 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 7207 // as if it were a public member name. 7208 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 7209 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 7210 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 7211 Record->getIdentifier(), 7212 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 7213 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 7214 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 7215 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 7216 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 7217 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 7218 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 7219 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 7220 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 7221 "Broken injected-class-name"); 7222} 7223 7224void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7225 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 7226 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7227 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7228 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 7229 7230 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 7231 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 7232 7233 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 7234 PopDeclContext(); 7235 7236 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 7237 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 7238} 7239 7240void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 7241 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 7242 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 7243 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 7244 7245 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 7246 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 7247 // the FieldCollector. 7248 7249 PopDeclContext(); 7250} 7251 7252// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 7253bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7254 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 7255 bool *ZeroWidth) { 7256 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 7257 if (ZeroWidth) 7258 *ZeroWidth = true; 7259 7260 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 7261 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 7262 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 7263 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 7264 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 7265 return true; 7266 if (FieldName) 7267 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 7268 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7269 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 7270 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 7271 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 7272 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 7273 return true; 7274 7275 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 7276 // it now. 7277 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 7278 return false; 7279 7280 llvm::APSInt Value; 7281 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 7282 return true; 7283 7284 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 7285 *ZeroWidth = false; 7286 7287 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 7288 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 7289 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 7290 7291 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 7292 if (FieldName) 7293 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7294 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 7295 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 7296 << Value.toString(10); 7297 } 7298 7299 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 7300 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 7301 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 7302 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7303 if (FieldName) 7304 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7305 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7306 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7307 7308 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7309 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7310 } 7311 7312 if (FieldName) 7313 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7314 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 7315 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7316 else 7317 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 7318 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 7319 } 7320 } 7321 7322 return false; 7323} 7324 7325/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 7326/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 7327Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 7328 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7329 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 7330 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 7331 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 7332 AS_public); 7333 return Res; 7334} 7335 7336/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 7337/// 7338FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 7339 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7340 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 7341 AccessSpecifier AS) { 7342 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7343 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7344 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7345 7346 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7347 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7348 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7349 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 7350 7351 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 7352 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 7353 D.setInvalidType(); 7354 T = Context.IntTy; 7355 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 7356 } 7357 } 7358 7359 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 7360 7361 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 7362 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 7363 7364 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 7365 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 7366 LookupName(Previous, S); 7367 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 7368 Previous.isSingleResult()) 7369 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 7370 7371 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 7372 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 7373 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 7374 7375 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7376 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7377 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 7378 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7379 PrevDecl = 0; 7380 } 7381 7382 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 7383 PrevDecl = 0; 7384 7385 bool Mutable 7386 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 7387 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7388 FieldDecl *NewFD 7389 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 7390 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 7391 7392 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7393 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7394 7395 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 7396 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 7397 // with the same name in the same scope. 7398 } else if (II) { 7399 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 7400 } else 7401 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 7402 7403 return NewFD; 7404} 7405 7406/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 7407/// 7408/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 7409/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 7410/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 7411/// created. 7412/// 7413/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 7414/// 7415/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 7416FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 7417 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7418 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 7419 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 7420 SourceLocation TSSL, 7421 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 7422 Declarator *D) { 7423 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 7424 bool InvalidDecl = false; 7425 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 7426 7427 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 7428 // marking this declaration as invalid. 7429 if (T.isNull()) { 7430 InvalidDecl = true; 7431 T = Context.IntTy; 7432 } 7433 7434 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 7435 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 7436 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7437 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 7438 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7439 InvalidDecl = true; 7440 } 7441 7442 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7443 // than a variably modified type. 7444 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7445 bool SizeIsNegative; 7446 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7447 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 7448 SizeIsNegative, 7449 Oversized); 7450 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 7451 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7452 T = FixedTy; 7453 } else { 7454 if (SizeIsNegative) 7455 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 7456 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 7457 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 7458 << Oversized.toString(10); 7459 else 7460 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 7461 InvalidDecl = true; 7462 } 7463 } 7464 7465 // Fields can not have abstract class types 7466 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 7467 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 7468 AbstractFieldType)) 7469 InvalidDecl = true; 7470 7471 bool ZeroWidth = false; 7472 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 7473 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 7474 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 7475 InvalidDecl = true; 7476 BitWidth = 0; 7477 ZeroWidth = false; 7478 } 7479 7480 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 7481 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 7482 unsigned DiagID = 0; 7483 if (T->isReferenceType()) 7484 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 7485 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 7486 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 7487 7488 if (DiagID) { 7489 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 7490 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 7491 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 7492 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 7493 Mutable = false; 7494 InvalidDecl = true; 7495 } 7496 } 7497 7498 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 7499 BitWidth, Mutable); 7500 if (InvalidDecl) 7501 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7502 7503 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7504 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7505 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7506 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7507 } 7508 7509 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7510 if (Record->isUnion()) { 7511 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7512 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7513 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7514 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 7515 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 7516 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 7517 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 7518 // objects. 7519 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 7520 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 7521 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7522 } 7523 } 7524 7525 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 7526 // the program is ill-formed. 7527 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 7528 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 7529 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 7530 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7531 } 7532 } 7533 } 7534 7535 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 7536 // representation, not a parser representation. 7537 if (D) 7538 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 7539 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 7540 7541 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 7542 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 7543 7544 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 7545 return NewFD; 7546} 7547 7548bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 7549 assert(FD); 7550 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 7551 7552 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 7553 return true; 7554 7555 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7556 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7557 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 7558 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 7559 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 7560 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 7561 // copy constructors. 7562 7563 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 7564 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 7565 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 7566 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 7567 member = CXXConstructor; 7568 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 7569 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 7570 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 7571 member = CXXDestructor; 7572 7573 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 7574 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 7575 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 7576 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 7577 return true; 7578 } 7579 } 7580 } 7581 7582 return false; 7583} 7584 7585/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 7586/// special member, figure out why. 7587void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 7588 QualType QT(T, 0U); 7589 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 7590 7591 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 7592 switch (member) { 7593 case CXXInvalid: 7594 break; 7595 7596 case CXXConstructor: 7597 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 7598 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 7599 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 7600 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 7601 ci->hasBody(body); 7602 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 7603 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 7604 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7605 return; 7606 } 7607 } 7608 7609 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 7610 return; 7611 } 7612 break; 7613 7614 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7615 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 7616 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 7617 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 7618 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7619 return; 7620 } 7621 break; 7622 7623 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7624 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 7625 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 7626 // assignment, not the type. 7627 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7628 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7629 return; 7630 } 7631 break; 7632 7633 case CXXDestructor: 7634 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 7635 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 7636 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 7637 return; 7638 } 7639 break; 7640 } 7641 7642 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 7643 7644 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 7645 // but not trivial destruction. 7646 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 7647 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 7648 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 7649 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 7650 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 7651 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7652 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 7653 return; 7654 } 7655 7656 // Check for virtual methods. 7657 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 7658 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 7659 ++mi) { 7660 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 7661 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7662 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 7663 return; 7664 } 7665 } 7666 } 7667 7668 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 7669 switch (member) { 7670 case CXXConstructor: 7671 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 7672 case CXXCopyConstructor: 7673 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 7674 case CXXCopyAssignment: 7675 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 7676 case CXXDestructor: 7677 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 7678 default: 7679 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 7680 } 7681 7682 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 7683 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 7684 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 7685 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 7686 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 7687 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 7688 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 7689 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 7690 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 7691 return; 7692 } 7693 } 7694 7695 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 7696 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 7697 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 7698 ++fi) { 7699 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 7700 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7701 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 7702 7703 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 7704 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 7705 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 7706 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 7707 return; 7708 } 7709 } 7710 } 7711 7712 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 7713} 7714 7715/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 7716/// AST enum value. 7717static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 7718TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 7719 switch (ivarVisibility) { 7720 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 7721 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 7722 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 7723 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 7724 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 7725 } 7726} 7727 7728/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 7729/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 7730Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 7731 SourceLocation DeclStart, 7732 Decl *IntfDecl, 7733 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 7734 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 7735 7736 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 7737 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 7738 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 7739 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 7740 7741 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 7742 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 7743 7744 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 7745 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 7746 7747 if (BitWidth) { 7748 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 7749 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 7750 D.setInvalidType(); 7751 BitWidth = 0; 7752 } 7753 } else { 7754 // Not a bitfield. 7755 7756 // validate II. 7757 7758 } 7759 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 7760 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 7761 D.setInvalidType(); 7762 } 7763 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 7764 // than a variably modified type. 7765 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7766 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 7767 D.setInvalidType(); 7768 } 7769 7770 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 7771 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 7772 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 7773 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 7774 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 7775 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 7776 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 7777 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7778 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7779 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 7780 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 7781 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 7782 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 7783 } 7784 else 7785 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7786 } else { 7787 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7788 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7789 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 7790 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7791 return 0; 7792 } 7793 } 7794 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7795 } 7796 7797 // Construct the decl. 7798 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 7799 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 7800 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7801 7802 if (II) { 7803 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7804 ForRedeclaration); 7805 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7806 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7807 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7808 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7809 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7810 } 7811 } 7812 7813 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7814 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7815 7816 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7817 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7818 7819 if (II) { 7820 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7821 // these to the interface. 7822 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7823 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7824 } 7825 7826 return NewID; 7827} 7828 7829/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7830/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7831/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7832/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7833void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7834 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7835 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7836 return; 7837 7838 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7839 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7840 7841 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7842 return; 7843 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7844 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7845 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7846 return; 7847 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7848 if (!ID) { 7849 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7850 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7851 return; 7852 } 7853 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7854 else 7855 return; 7856 } 7857 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7858 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7859 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7860 7861 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7862 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0, 7863 Context.CharTy, 7864 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7865 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7866 true); 7867 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7868} 7869 7870void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7871 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7872 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7873 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7874 AttributeList *Attr) { 7875 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7876 7877 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7878 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7879 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7880 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7881 return; 7882 } 7883 7884 7885 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7886 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7887 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7888 7889 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7890 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7891 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7892 7893 // Get the type for the field. 7894 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7895 7896 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7897 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7898 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7899 } 7900 7901 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7902 // diagnostics about it. 7903 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7904 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7905 continue; 7906 } 7907 7908 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7909 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7910 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7911 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7912 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7913 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7914 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7915 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7916 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7917 // array. 7918 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7919 // Field declared as a function. 7920 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7921 << FD->getDeclName(); 7922 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7923 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7924 continue; 7925 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7926 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7927 ((getLangOptions().Microsoft || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) && 7928 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7929 // Flexible array member. 7930 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7931 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7932 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7933 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7934 if (Record->isUnion()) 7935 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms) 7936 << FD->getDeclName(); 7937 else if (NumFields == 1) 7938 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms) 7939 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7940 } else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7941 if (Record->isUnion()) 7942 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu) 7943 << FD->getDeclName(); 7944 else if (NumFields == 1) 7945 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu) 7946 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7947 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7948 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7949 << FD->getDeclName(); 7950 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7951 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7952 continue; 7953 } 7954 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7955 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7956 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7957 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7958 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7959 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7960 continue; 7961 } 7962 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7963 if (Record) 7964 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7965 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7966 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7967 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7968 // Incomplete type 7969 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7970 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7971 continue; 7972 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7973 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7974 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7975 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7976 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7977 } else { 7978 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7979 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7980 // structures. 7981 if (i != NumFields-1) 7982 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7983 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7984 else { 7985 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7986 // other structs as an extension. 7987 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7988 << FD->getDeclName(); 7989 if (Record) 7990 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7991 } 7992 } 7993 } 7994 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7995 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7996 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7997 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7998 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7999 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8000 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8001 continue; 8002 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 8003 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 8004 Record && 8005 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 8006 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 8007 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8008 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 8009 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 8010 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 8011 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 8012 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 8013 } 8014 // Keep track of the number of named members. 8015 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 8016 ++NumNamedMembers; 8017 } 8018 8019 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 8020 if (Record) { 8021 bool Completed = false; 8022 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 8023 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 8024 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 8025 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 8026 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 8027 I != E; ++I) 8028 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 8029 8030 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 8031 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 8032 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 8033 8034 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 8035 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 8036 // problem now. 8037 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 8038 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 8039 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 8040 8041 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 8042 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 8043 M != MEnd; ++M) { 8044 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 8045 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 8046 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 8047 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 8048 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 8049 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 8050 continue; 8051 8052 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 8053 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 8054 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 8055 // program is ill-formed. 8056 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 8057 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 8058 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 8059 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 8060 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 8061 OM = SO->second.begin(), 8062 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 8063 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 8064 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 8065 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 8066 8067 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 8068 } 8069 } 8070 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 8071 Completed = true; 8072 } 8073 } 8074 } 8075 } 8076 8077 if (!Completed) 8078 Record->completeDefinition(); 8079 } else { 8080 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 8081 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 8082 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8083 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8084 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 8085 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8086 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 8087 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8088 } 8089 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 8090 // duplicates. 8091 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 8092 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 8093 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 8094 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8095 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 8096 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 8097 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 8098 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 8099 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 8100 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 8101 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 8102 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 8103 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 8104 // reported as errors elsewhere. 8105 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 8106 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 8107 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 8108 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 8109 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 8110 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 8111 } 8112 } 8113 } 8114 8115 if (Attr) 8116 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 8117 8118 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 8119 // set the visibility of this record. 8120 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 8121 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 8122} 8123 8124/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 8125/// the given type T. 8126static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 8127 llvm::APSInt &Value, 8128 QualType T) { 8129 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8130 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 8131 8132 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 8133 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 8134 --BitWidth; 8135 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 8136 } 8137 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 8138} 8139 8140// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 8141// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 8142static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 8143 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 8144 // enum checking below. 8145 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 8146 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 8147 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8148 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 8149 }; 8150 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 8151 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 8152 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 8153 }; 8154 8155 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 8156 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 8157 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 8158 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 8159 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 8160 return Types[I]; 8161 8162 return QualType(); 8163} 8164 8165EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 8166 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 8167 SourceLocation IdLoc, 8168 IdentifierInfo *Id, 8169 Expr *Val) { 8170 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8171 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 8172 QualType EltTy; 8173 8174 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 8175 Val = 0; 8176 8177 if (Val) { 8178 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 8179 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8180 else { 8181 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 8182 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 8183 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 8184 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 8185 Val = 0; 8186 } else { 8187 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 8188 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 8189 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 8190 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 8191 // representable as an int. 8192 8193 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 8194 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 8195 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8196 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 8197 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 8198 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 8199 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 8200 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8201 } 8202 } 8203 8204 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8205 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8206 8207 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8208 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 8209 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 8210 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8211 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 8212 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 8213 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8214 } else 8215 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 8216 << EltTy; 8217 } else 8218 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take(); 8219 } 8220 else { 8221 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8222 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8223 // is the type of its initializing value: 8224 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 8225 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 8226 EltTy = Val->getType(); 8227 } 8228 } 8229 } 8230 } 8231 8232 if (!Val) { 8233 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 8234 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 8235 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 8236 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8237 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8238 // is the type of its initializing value: 8239 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 8240 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 8241 // 8242 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 8243 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 8244 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8245 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8246 } 8247 else { 8248 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 8249 } 8250 } else { 8251 // Assign the last value + 1. 8252 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8253 ++EnumVal; 8254 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 8255 8256 // Check for overflow on increment. 8257 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 8258 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 8259 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 8260 // is the type of its initializing value: 8261 // 8262 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 8263 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 8264 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 8265 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 8266 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 8267 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 8268 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 8269 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 8270 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 8271 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 8272 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8273 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 8274 ++EnumVal; 8275 if (Enum->isFixed()) 8276 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 8277 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 8278 << EnumVal.toString(10) 8279 << EltTy; 8280 else 8281 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 8282 << EnumVal.toString(10); 8283 } else { 8284 EltTy = T; 8285 } 8286 8287 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 8288 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 8289 // value, then increment. 8290 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 8291 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8292 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8293 ++EnumVal; 8294 8295 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 8296 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 8297 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 8298 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 8299 // integral type. 8300 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 8301 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 8302 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8303 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 8304 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 8305 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 8306 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 8307 } 8308 } 8309 } 8310 8311 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 8312 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 8313 // enumerator's type. 8314 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 8315 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 8316 } 8317 8318 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 8319 Val, EnumVal); 8320} 8321 8322 8323Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 8324 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 8325 AttributeList *Attr, 8326 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 8327 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 8328 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 8329 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 8330 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 8331 8332 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 8333 // we find one that is. 8334 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 8335 8336 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 8337 // scope. 8338 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 8339 ForRedeclaration); 8340 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 8341 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 8342 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 8343 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 8344 PrevDecl = 0; 8345 } 8346 8347 if (PrevDecl) { 8348 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 8349 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 8350 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 8351 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 8352 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 8353 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8354 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 8355 else 8356 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 8357 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8358 return 0; 8359 } 8360 } 8361 8362 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 8363 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 8364 // name different from T: 8365 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 8366 // type 8367 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 8368 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 8369 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 8370 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 8371 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 8372 8373 EnumConstantDecl *New = 8374 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 8375 8376 if (New) { 8377 // Process attributes. 8378 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 8379 8380 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 8381 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 8382 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 8383 } 8384 8385 return New; 8386} 8387 8388void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 8389 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 8390 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 8391 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 8392 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 8393 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 8394 8395 if (Attr) 8396 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 8397 8398 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 8399 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8400 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8401 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8402 if (!ECD) continue; 8403 8404 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8405 } 8406 8407 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 8408 return; 8409 } 8410 8411 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 8412 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 8413 // emit a warning. 8414 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 8415 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 8416 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 8417 8418 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 8419 // reverse the list. 8420 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 8421 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 8422 8423 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 8424 bool AllElementsInt = true; 8425 8426 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8427 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 8428 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8429 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8430 8431 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8432 8433 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 8434 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 8435 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 8436 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 8437 else 8438 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 8439 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 8440 8441 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 8442 if (AllElementsInt) 8443 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 8444 } 8445 8446 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 8447 QualType BestType; 8448 unsigned BestWidth; 8449 8450 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 8451 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 8452 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 8453 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 8454 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 8455 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 8456 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 8457 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 8458 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 8459 QualType BestPromotionType; 8460 8461 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 8462 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 8463 // enum definitions. 8464 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 8465 Packed = true; 8466 8467 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 8468 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 8469 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 8470 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 8471 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 8472 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8473 } 8474 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 8475 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 8476 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 8477 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8478 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 8479 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 8480 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8481 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 8482 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 8483 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 8484 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8485 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 8486 BestType = Context.IntTy; 8487 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8488 } else { 8489 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 8490 8491 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 8492 BestType = Context.LongTy; 8493 } else { 8494 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8495 8496 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 8497 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 8498 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 8499 } 8500 } 8501 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 8502 } else { 8503 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 8504 // all of the enumerator values. 8505 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 8506 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 8507 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 8508 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8509 BestWidth = CharWidth; 8510 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 8511 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 8512 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 8513 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 8514 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 8515 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 8516 BestWidth = IntWidth; 8517 BestPromotionType 8518 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8519 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 8520 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 8521 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 8522 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 8523 BestPromotionType 8524 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8525 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 8526 } else { 8527 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 8528 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 8529 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 8530 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 8531 BestPromotionType 8532 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8533 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 8534 } 8535 } 8536 8537 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 8538 // the type of the enum if needed. 8539 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 8540 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 8541 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 8542 8543 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 8544 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 8545 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 8546 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 8547 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 8548 8549 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 8550 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 8551 8552 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 8553 // the enum decl type. 8554 QualType NewTy; 8555 unsigned NewWidth; 8556 bool NewSign; 8557 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 8558 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 8559 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 8560 NewWidth = IntWidth; 8561 NewSign = true; 8562 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 8563 // Already the right type! 8564 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8565 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8566 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8567 // enumeration. 8568 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8569 continue; 8570 } else { 8571 NewTy = BestType; 8572 NewWidth = BestWidth; 8573 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 8574 } 8575 8576 // Adjust the APSInt value. 8577 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 8578 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 8579 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 8580 8581 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 8582 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 8583 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 8584 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 8585 CK_IntegralCast, 8586 ECD->getInitExpr(), 8587 /*base paths*/ 0, 8588 VK_RValue)); 8589 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 8590 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 8591 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 8592 // enumeration. 8593 ECD->setType(EnumType); 8594 else 8595 ECD->setType(NewTy); 8596 } 8597 8598 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 8599 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 8600} 8601 8602Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 8603 SourceLocation StartLoc, 8604 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 8605 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 8606 8607 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 8608 AsmString, StartLoc, 8609 EndLoc); 8610 CurContext->addDecl(New); 8611 return New; 8612} 8613 8614void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8615 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8616 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 8617 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 8618 8619 if (PrevDecl) { 8620 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 8621 } else { 8622 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8623 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 8624 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 8625 } 8626} 8627 8628void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 8629 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 8630 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 8631 SourceLocation NameLoc, 8632 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 8633 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 8634 LookupOrdinaryName); 8635 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 8636 8637 if (PrevDecl) { 8638 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 8639 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 8640 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 8641 } else { 8642 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 8643 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 8644 } 8645} 8646